Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)
Registration Nos. 333-223692 and 333-223692-01

The information in this preliminary prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. This preliminary prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are not an offer to sell these securities and are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED September 24, 2019

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated March 15, 2018)

Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.

$            

    % Senior Notes due 20    

guaranteed by

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., which we refer to as the operating partnership, is offering $        aggregate principal amount of     % senior notes due 20    , or the notes. The notes will mature on                     , 20    . Interest on the notes will be paid semi-annually in arrears on                  and                 of each year, beginning on                     , 2020.

The operating partnership may redeem the notes, at any time in whole or from time to time in part, for cash at the redemption price described in this prospectus supplement in the section entitled “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption.”

The notes will be the operating partnership’s senior unsecured obligations and will rank equally in right of payment with all of its other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The notes will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to (i) all of the operating partnership’s existing and future mortgage indebtedness and other secured indebtedness (to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness), (ii) all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, whether secured or unsecured, of the operating partnership’s subsidiaries and of any entity the operating partnership accounts for using the equity method of accounting; and (iii) all existing and future equity not owned by the operating partnership, if any, in the operating partnership’s subsidiaries and in any entity the operating partnership accounts for using the equity method of accounting.

The notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., the sole general partner of the operating partnership, which we refer to as the Company or the guarantor. The Company does not have any material assets other than its investment in the operating partnership.

The notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for listing of the notes on any securities exchange or for inclusion of the notes in any quotation system.

Investing in the notes involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page S-18 of this prospectus supplement and on page 15 of the accompanying prospectus, as well as those described in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein and therein.

	Per Note		Total
Initial price to public(1)		%	$
Underwriting discount and commissions		%	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.		%	$

(1) Plus accrued interest from                 , 2019 if settlement occurs after that date.

None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission, nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We expect the notes will be ready for delivery in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company on or about                     , 2019.

Joint Book Running Managers

Wells Fargo Securities BofA Merrill Lynch

The date of this prospectus supplement is                     , 2019

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

	Page
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS		S-ii
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION		S-iii
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY		S-1
RISK FACTORS		S-18
USE OF PROCEEDS		S-25
CAPITALIZATION		S-26
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES		S-27
UNDERWRITING		S-48
SUPPLEMENTAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS		S-53
LEGAL MATTERS		S-54
EXPERTS		S-54
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE		S-55

Prospectus

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS	1
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	2
THE COMPANY	4
RISK FACTORS	5
USE OF PROCEEDS	6
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS	7
DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES AND RELATED GUARANTEES	8
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK	17
DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK	19
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER SECURITIES	22
RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER	23
DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.	27
MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS	38
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS	45
GLOBAL SECURITIES	72
SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS	75
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION	76
LEGAL MATTERS	77
EXPERTS	77

You may rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated herein or therein or any applicable free writing prospectus. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide different or additional information. When you make a decision about whether to invest in the notes, you should not rely upon any information other than the information contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to purchase, any securities in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein or therein or any applicable free writing prospectus is accurate only as of their respective dates or on the date or dates which are specified in these documents. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

S-i

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS

This document is in two parts. The first part is this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of this offering and also adds to and updates information contained in the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein or therein. The second part, the accompanying prospectus, gives more general information, some of which may not apply to this offering.

To the extent the information contained in this prospectus supplement differs or varies from the information contained in the accompanying prospectus or documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein or therein, the information in this prospectus supplement will supersede such information. In addition, any statement in a filing we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, that adds to, updates or changes information contained in an earlier filing we made with the Securities and Exchange Commission shall be deemed to modify and supersede such information in the earlier filing.

This prospectus supplement does not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should read the accompanying prospectus as well as the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. See “Incorporation by Reference” in this prospectus supplement and “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference” in the accompanying prospectus.

Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., or the operating partnership, is a Maryland limited partnership of which Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation, is the sole general partner. Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus supplement to the “Company” or the “guarantor” refer to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and references to “we,” “our,” “us” and “our company” refer to the Company, the operating partnership and any of our other subsidiaries.

As used in this prospectus supplement:

• “revolving credit facility” means the operating partnership’s $600.0 million senior unsecured revolving credit facility;

• “5-year term loan due April 2020” means the operating partnership’s $300.0 million five-year senior unsecured term loan due April 2020;

• “7-year term loan due April 2022” means the operating partnership’s $350.0 million seven-year senior unsecured term loan due April 2022; and

• “7-year term loan due November 2022” means the operating partnership’s $125.0 million seven-year senior unsecured term loan due November 2022.

S-ii

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in each contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (set forth in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act). Also, documents we subsequently file with the SEC and incorporate by reference will contain forward-looking statements.

In particular, statements relating to our liquidity and capital resources, portfolio performance and results of operations contain forward-looking statements. Furthermore, all of the statements regarding future financial performance (including anticipated funds from operations, market conditions and demographics) are forward-looking statements. We are including this cautionary statement to make applicable and take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 for any such forward-looking statements. We caution investors that any forward-looking statements presented in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in each, or that management may make orally or in writing from time to time, are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions made by, and information currently available to, management. When used, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “estimate,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “result” and similar expressions that do not relate solely to historical matters are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions and may be affected by known and unknown risks, trends, uncertainties and factors that are beyond our control. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected.

Some of the risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual results, performance, liquidity or achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:

• adverse economic or real estate developments in our target markets;

• general economic conditions;

• defaults on, early terminations of or non-renewal of leases by tenants;

• fluctuations in interest rates and increased operating costs;

• our failure to obtain necessary outside financing or maintain an investment grade rating;

• our failure to generate sufficient cash flows to service our outstanding indebtedness and maintain dividend payments;

• lack or insufficient amounts of insurance;

• decreased rental rates or increased vacancy rates;

• difficulties in identifying properties to acquire and completing acquisitions;

• our failure to successfully operate acquired properties and operations;

• the Company’s failure to maintain its status as a real estate investment trust, or REIT;

• environmental uncertainties and risks related to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters;

• financial market fluctuations;

• risks related to acquisitions generally, including the diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business operations and the impact on customers, tenants, lenders, operating results and business;

S-iii

• the inability to successfully integrate acquired properties, realize the anticipated benefits of acquisitions or capitalize on value creation opportunities;

• the impact of changes in the tax laws as a result of recent federal tax reform legislation and uncertainty as to how some of those changes may be applied;

• the impact of expected entitlements that are delayed or not obtained;

• changes in real estate and zoning laws and increases in real property tax rates; and

• other factors affecting the real estate industry generally.

While forward-looking statements reflect our good faith beliefs, they are not guarantees of future performance. We expressly disclaim any responsibility to update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Accordingly, investors should use caution in relying on past forward-looking statements, which were based on results and trends at the time they were made, to anticipate future results or trends. For a further discussion of these and other factors that could impact our future results, performance or transactions, see the section of this prospectus supplement entitled “Risk Factors,” including the risks incorporated therein from the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and other reports filed with the SEC and incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein.

S-iv

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the notes. We urge you to read this entire prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein and therein carefully, including the financial statements and notes to those financial statements incorporated by reference herein and therein. See “Risk Factors” for more information about important risks that you should consider before investing in the notes.

Our Company

We are a vertically integrated real estate company focused on acquiring, repositioning, developing and operating high-quality office and state-of-the-art studio properties in high-growth, high-barrier-to-entry submarkets throughout Northern and Southern California and the Pacific Northwest. We invest across the risk-return spectrum, favoring opportunities where we can employ leasing, capital investment and management expertise to create additional value.

As of June 30, 2019, our portfolio (including consolidated and unconsolidated properties held through joint ventures) included office properties, comprising an aggregate of approximately 15.3 million square feet, and studio properties, comprising approximately 1.2 million square feet of sound-stage, office and supporting production facilities. We also own undeveloped density rights for approximately 3.1 million square feet of future office and residential space (including rights with respect to properties held through joint ventures).

We have experienced significant internal growth in our office portfolio since our initial public offering, or IPO, and over the last eight quarters in particular through strong leasing activity. During the period between the closing of our IPO in June 2010 through June 30, 2019, we have raised $1.9 billion of public equity. In that same time period, we have leased approximately 14.8 million square feet at 41% straight-line leasing spreads and 34% cash leasing spreads. Straight-line leasing spreads represents a comparison between initial straight-line rents on new and renewal leases as compared to the straight-line rents on expiring leases in the same space expressed as a percentage of expiring leases. New leases are only included if the same space was leased within the previous 12 months. Cash leasing spreads represents a comparison between initial stabilized cash rents on new and renewal leases as compared to the expiring cash rents in the same space expressed as a percentage of expiring leases.

The table below sets forth the percentage of rentable square feet leased and straight-line leasing spreads in our in-service office portfolio as of and for the periods indicated.

	Three Months Ended
	June 30, 2017			September 30, 2017			December 31, 2017			March 31, 2018			June 30, 2018			September 30, 2018			December 31, 2018			March 31, 2019			June 30, 2019
Percentage leased		90.8	%		91.5	%		92.1	%		89.7	%		89.7	%		91.4	%		93.0	%		92.9	%		94.1	%
Straight-line leasing spreads		67.4	%		45.7	%		27.6	%		34.9	%		22.7	%		28.4	%		36.1	%		32.9	%		48.2	%

As of June 30, 2019, our stabilized and in-service office portfolios were 96.4% and 94.1% leased, respectively. Stabilized properties refers to in-service properties that have reached 92.0% occupancy since the date they were acquired or placed under development or redevelopment. In-service properties excludes land, redevelopment, development and held for sale properties. As of June 30, 2019, we had eight land properties, one office redevelopment property, two development properties under construction, and two held for sale properties. We also employ a conservative approach to development and redevelopment. Development and redevelopment

S-1

projects have only represented approximately 16.0% of our capital allocation since our IPO and estimated project costs as a percentage of our Company’s share of market capitalization have historically averaged approximately 5.0%. Estimated project costs are based on management estimates and exclude capitalized interest, personnel costs and operating expenses. Gross assets represents the sum of total assets calculated in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, plus accumulated depreciation and amortization.

The table below presents our top fifteen office tenants as of June 30, 2019.

	Total Leased Square Feet		Company’s Share(1)
Tenant(2)			Total Leased Square Feet		Percent of Rentable Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent(3)		Percent of Annualized Base Rent
Google, Inc.(4)		521,147		502,538		3.3	%	$	36,932,207		6.9	%
Netflix, Inc.(5)		420,143		420,143		2.7			24,243,658		4.5
Riot Games, Inc.(6)		284,037		284,037		1.9			16,838,535		3.1
Nutanix, Inc.(7)		400,115		400,115		2.6			15,938,004		3.0
Qualcomm		376,817		376,817		2.5			14,080,898		2.6
Salesforce.com(8)		265,394		265,394		1.7			13,616,121		2.5
Square, Inc.(9)		469,056		257,981		1.7			12,324,641		2.3
Stanford University(10)		151,249		151,249		1.0			11,611,691		2.2
WeWork Companies, Inc.(11)		380,617		209,152		1.4			10,602,786		2.0
Uber Technologies, Inc.(9)		325,445		178,995		1.2			9,064,565		1.7
Dell EMC Corporation(12)		294,756		294,756		1.9			8,411,937		1.6
NFL Enterprises(13)		167,606		167,606		1.1			7,361,256		1.4
Regus(14)		150,081		150,081		1.0			6,477,329		1.2
Baker McKenzie(15)		70,030		70,030		0.5			5,969,752		1.1
GitHub, Inc.(16)		90,003		90,003		0.6			5,708,864		1.1
TOTAL		4,366,496		3,818,897		25.1	%	$	199,182,244		37.2	%

(1) Company’s Share is calculated as the total amounts on a consolidated basis, in accordance with GAAP (where applicable), plus the Company’s share of the amount from the Company’s unconsolidated joint ventures (calculated based upon the Company’s percentage ownership interest), minus the Company’s partners’ share of the amount from the Company’s consolidated joint ventures (calculated based upon the partners’ percentage ownership interests). Because we own some of our properties through significant joint ventures, we believe that presenting the Company’s Share of certain measures provides investors with useful information regarding our financial condition and/or results of operations by accounting for our true economic interest in these joint ventures. In some cases, we exercise significant influence over, but do not control, the joint venture, in which case, GAAP requires us to account for the joint venture entity using the equity method of accounting, and we do not consolidate it for financial reporting purposes. In other cases, GAAP requires us to consolidate the joint venture even though our partner(s) owns a significant percentage interest.

(2) Presented in order of Company’s Share of annualized base rent.

(3) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) under commenced leases as of June 30, 2019, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements. Annualized base rents related to Bentall Centre have been converted from CAD to USD using the foreign currency exchange rate as of June 28, 2019. Bentall Centre contains four Class A office towers totaling 1.3 million square feet, 120,000 square feet of retail space and undeveloped density rights for approximately 0.5 million square feet in Vancouver’s downtown financial district.

(4) Google, Inc. expirations by square footage and property: (i) 207,857 square feet at 3400 Hillview expiring on November 30, 2021, (ii) 7,604 square feet at Rincon Center expiring on October 31, 2023, (iii) 97,872

S-2

square feet at Foothill Research Center expiring on February 28, 2025, (iv) 166,460 square feet at Rincon Center expiring on February 29, 2028 and (v) 41,354 square feet at Ferry Building expiring October 31, 2029. Google, Inc. may elect to exercise its early termination right at Rincon Center for 166,460 square feet effective April 15, 2025 by delivering written notice on or before January 15, 2024. At One Westside, Google, Inc. is expected to take possession of an additional 584,000 square feet during first quarter 2022. We own 75% of the ownership interest in the consolidated joint venture that owns One Westside.

(5) Netflix, Inc. expirations by square footage and property: (i) 325,757 square feet at ICON and (ii) 94,386 square feet at CUE. Netflix, Inc. is anticipated to take possession of an additional 302,102 square feet at EPIC during fourth quarter 2019. Expiration date to be determined based on the commencement of the Netflix, Inc. lease at EPIC.

(6) Riot Games, Inc. may elect to exercise its early termination right for the entire premises effective March 31, 2025 by delivering written notice on or before March 31, 2024.

(7) Nutanix, Inc. expirations by square footage and property: (i) 189,084 square feet at 1740 Technology, (ii) 108,610 square feet at Metro Plaza, and (iii) 102,421 square feet at Concourse. At 1740 Technology, Nutanix, Inc. is expected to take possession of an additional: (i) 7,163 square feet during first quarter 2020, (ii) 3,198 square feet during fourth quarter 2020, and (iii) 6,413 square feet during second quarter 2022. At Concourse, Nutanix, Inc. is expected to take possession of an additional 28,930 square feet during fourth quarter 2019. All leases for Nutanix, Inc. will expire on May 31, 2024.

(8) Salesforce.com expirations by square footage: (i) 83,016 square feet expiring on July 31, 2025, (ii) 83,372 square feet expiring on April 30, 2027, (iii) 93,028 square feet expiring October 31, 2028, and (iv) 5,978 square feet of month-to-month storage space. Salesforce.com may elect to exercise its early termination right with respect to 74,966 square feet between August 1, 2021 and September 30, 2021 by delivering written notice no later than September 30, 2020. Salesforce.com subleased 259,416 square feet at Rincon Center to Twilio Inc. during third quarter 2018. Effective January 30, 2019, we entered into an agreement to reimburse Salesforce.com approximately $6.3 million for costs incurred in connection with the sublease. We are entitled to recoup this cost from amounts paid pursuant to the sublease commencing February 1, 2019, with the expectation to be fully reimbursed by March 31, 2020. Thereafter, Salesforce.com will pay us 50% of any amounts received pursuant to the sublease.

(9) We own 55% of the ownership interest in the consolidated joint venture that owns 1455 Market.

(10) Stanford expirations by square footage and property: (i) Stanford Healthcare 63,201 square feet at Page Mill Center expiring June 30, 2019, (ii) Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University 18,753 square feet at Page Mill Hill expiring August 31, 2019, (iii) Stanford University 26,080 square feet at Palo Alto Square expiring on December 31, 2019; and (iv) The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University 43,215 square feet at Page Mill Center expiring December 31, 2022.

(11) WeWork Companies Inc. expirations by square footage and property: (i) 5,334 square feet at Palo Alto Square expiring June 30, 2019, (ii) 12,713 square feet at Foothill Research Center expiring June 30, 2022, (iii) 54,336 square feet at Hill7 expiring January 31, 2030, (iv) 95,567 square feet at Maxwell expiring July 31, 2031, (v) 66,056 square feet at 1455 Market expiring October 31, 2031, and (vi) 146,695 square feet at Bentall Centre expiring October 31, 2033. We own 55% of the ownership interest in the consolidated joint ventures that own Hill7 and 1455 Market, and 20% of the ownership interest in the unconsolidated joint venture that owns Bentall Centre.

(12) Dell EMC Corporation expirations by square footage and property: (i) 185,292 square feet at 505 First expiring on October 18, 2021, (ii) 42,954 square feet at 505 First expiring on December 31, 2023, and (iii) 66,510 square feet at 875 Howard expiring on June 30, 2026. Dell EMC Corporation is expected to take possession of an additional 17,039 square feet at 875 Howard during third quarter of 2020 with an expected expiration on June 30, 2026.

(13) NFL Enterprises by square footage and property: (i) 157,687 square feet at 10950 Washington and (ii) 9,919 square feet at 10900 Washington. NFL Enterprises may elect to exercise its early termination right with respect 167,606 square feet effective December 31, 2022 by delivering written notice on or before September 30, 2021.

S-3

(14) Regus expirations by property and square footage: (i) 27,369 square feet at Techmart expiring April 30, 2020, (ii) 44,957 square feet at Gateway expiring March 31, 2022, (iii) 20,059 square feet at 11601 Wilshire expiring February 29, 2024, (iv) 9,739 square feet at Palo Alto Square expiring April 30, 2026, (v) 26,661 square feet at 95 Jackson expiring October 31, 2030, and (vi) 21,296 square feet at 450 Alaskan expiring October 31, 2030. Regus may elect to exercise its early termination right at 11601 Wilshire for 20,059 square feet effective February 28, 2021 by delivering written notice on or before February 28, 2020.

(15) Baker McKenzie expirations by square footage: (i) 34,414 square feet expiring on September 30, 2019 and (ii) 35,616 square feet expiring on April 30, 2029.

(16) GitHub, Inc. expirations by square footage and property (i) 54,673 square feet at 275 Brannan and (ii) 35,330 square feet at 625 Second.

The table below presents our office portfolio tenant industry diversification as of June 30, 2019.

	Company’s Share(1)
Industry	Total Square Feet(2)(3)		Annualized Base Rent as of Percent of Total(4)
Technology(5)		4,228,705		37.7	%
Media & Entertainment		1,424,295		14.3
Business Services		1,120,744		10.3
Legal		721,485		9.1
Financial Services		792,933		7.4
Retail		562,318		5.3
Other		686,403		5.0
Government		197,753		2.2
Real Estate		241,965		2.1
Educational		168,274		1.9
Insurance		253,474		1.8
Healthcare		223,883		1.6
Advertising		170,559		1.3
TOTAL		10,792,791		100.0	%

(1) Company’s Share is calculated as the total amounts on a consolidated basis, in accordance with GAAP (where applicable), plus the Company’s share of the amount from the Company’s unconsolidated joint ventures (calculated based upon the Company’s percentage ownership interest), minus the Company’s partners’ share of the amount from the Company’s consolidated joint ventures (calculated based upon the partners’ percentage ownership interests).

(2) Excludes signed leases not commenced.

(3) Excludes 147,522 square feet occupied by Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

(4) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) under commenced leases as of June 30, 2019, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements.

(5) Our technology tenants largely consist of public and other well established companies. As of June 30, 2019, nearly half of our technology industry annualized base rent was attributable to tenants contributing less than 5% of technology industry annualized base rent and only five tenants individually contributed more than 5% of technology industry annualized base rent.

S-4

The table below presents certain information regarding our portfolio by market as of June 30, 2019.

			Company’s Share(1)
Market	Total Square Feet(2)		Annualized Base Rent(3)		Annualized Rent as of Percent of Total
Office:
Silicon Valley(4)		7,857,685	$	278,771,685		47.9	%
San Francisco		2,569,579		109,094,231		18.7
Los Angeles		4,576,933		101,428,920		17.4
Seattle		1,502,172		41,283,002		7.1
Vancouver		1,905,007		7,084,516		1.2
Studio:
Los Angeles		1,224,403		44,521,434		7.7
TOTAL		19,635,779	$	582,183,788		100.0	%

(1) Company’s Share is calculated as the total amounts on a consolidated basis, in accordance with GAAP (where applicable), plus the Company’s share of the amount from the Company’s unconsolidated joint ventures (calculated based upon the Company’s percentage ownership interest), minus the Company’s partners’ share of the amount from the Company’s consolidated joint ventures (calculated based upon the partners’ percentage ownership interests).

(2) Includes land.

(3) Annualized base rent for the office properties is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) under commenced leases as of June 30, 2019, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent for the studio properties reflects actual base rent for the 12 months ended June 30, 2019. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements.

(4) Includes 471,580 square feet of office space and 946,350 square feet of land at our Campus Center property, which was sold in July 2019.

The table below presents certain information regarding our stabilized and in-service office properties by market as of various acquisition dates and June 30, 2019.

Market	Percent Leased at Acquisition Date			Percent Leased at June 30, 2019(1)(2)			Annualized Base Rent(3) at Acquisition Date per square foot		Annualized Base Rent at June 30, 2019 per square foot
Office:
Silicon Valley		85.7	%		90.9	%	$	41.15	$	51.50
San Francisco		83.0			97.5			30.53		57.06
Los Angeles		50.1			97.0			34.60		50.28
Seattle		76.5			96.3			23.82		32.13
Vancouver		98.2			98.2			25.55		25.55

(1) Does not include signed leases not commenced.

(2) Excludes 158,289 square feet occupied by Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

(3) Annualized base rent for office properties is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) under commenced leases as of June 30, 2019, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent per square foot for the office properties is calculated as (i) annualized base rent divided by (ii) square footage under commenced leases as of June 30, 2019. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements.

S-5

The table below presents the lease expiration schedule for our office portfolio as of June 30, 2019.

			Company’s Share(1)
Year of Lease Expiration	Expiring Leases		Square Footage of Expiring Leases(2)(3)		Percentage of Office Portfolio Square Feet			Annualized Base Rent(2)		Percentage of Office Portfolio Annualized Base Rent			Annualized Base Rent Per Square Foot(4)		Annualized Base Rent at Expiration		Annualized Base Rent Per Square Foot at Expiration(5)
Vacant				1,303,814		9.9	%
2019(6)		102		706,399		5.3		$	33,709,731		5.7	%	$	47.72	$	33,937,460	$	48.04
2020		173		905,156		6.8			45,131,822		7.6			49.86		46,276,599		51.13
2021		160		1,319,058		10.0			59,820,466		10.0			45.35		63,288,064		47.98
2022		166		1,284,886		9.7			61,456,284		10.3			47.83		67,236,807		52.33
2023		110		1,353,195		10.2			59,479,989		10.0			43.96		67,258,486		49.70
2024		109		1,475,310		11.1			72,491,923		12.1			49.14		83,167,600		56.37
2025		41		948,211		7.2			48,931,909		8.2			51.60		59,127,858		62.36
2026		24		340,783		2.6			18,321,192		3.1			53.76		24,880,476		73.01
2027		19		404,501		3.1			21,980,928		3.7			54.34		28,121,134		69.52
2028		23		571,891		4.3			34,899,319		5.8			61.02		44,238,775		77.36
Thereafter		33		1,444,599		10.9			79,971,272		13.4			55.36		111,245,169		77.01
Building management use		24		147,649		1.1			—		—			—		—		—
Signed leases not commenced(7)		30		1,028,820		7.8			60,489,786		10.1			58.80		85,131,786		82.75
Total/Weighted Average		1,014		13,234,272		100.0	%	$	596,684,621		100.0	%	$	50.01	$	713,910,214	$	59.84

(1) Company’s Share is calculated as the total amounts on a consolidated basis, in accordance with GAAP (where applicable), plus the Company’s share of the amount from the Company’s unconsolidated joint ventures (calculated based upon the Company’s percentage ownership interest), minus the Company’s partners’ share of the amount from the Company’s consolidated joint ventures (calculated based upon the partners’ percentage ownership interests).

(2) Rent data for our office properties is presented on an annualized basis without regard to cancellation options. Annualized base rent for office properties is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) as of June 30, 2019, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements. Annualized base rent per square foot for all lease expiration years is calculated as (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) under commenced leases, divided by (ii) square footage under commenced leases as of June 30, 2019.

(3) Total expiring square footage does not include 38,802 square feet of month-to-month leases.

(4) Annualized base rent per square foot for all lease expiration years is calculated as (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) under commenced leases, divided by (ii) square footage under commenced leases as of June 30, 2019.

(5) Annualized base rent per square foot at expiration for all lease expiration years is calculated as (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) under commenced leases, divided by (ii) square footage under commenced leases as of June 30, 2019.

(6) Excludes 22,553-square foot management office occupied by Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. The management office is being reflected under building management use in the table above.

(7) Annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized base rent per square foot at expiration for signed leases not commenced reflects uncommenced leases for space not occupied as of June 30, 2019 and is

S-6

calculated as (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) under uncommenced leases for vacant space as of June 30, 2019, divided by (ii) square footage under uncommenced leases as of June 30, 2019.

We evaluate performance based upon, among other things, property net operating income, or NOI, from continuing operations. NOI is not a measure of operating results or cash flows from operating activities or cash flows as measured by GAAP and should not be considered an alternative to income from continuing operations, as an indication of our performance, or as an alternative to cash flows as a measure of liquidity, or our ability to make distributions. All companies may not calculate NOI in the same manner. We consider NOI to be a useful performance measure to investors and management because when compared across periods, NOI reflects the revenues and expenses directly associated with owning and operating our properties and the impact to operations from trends in occupancy rates, rental rates and operating costs, providing a perspective not immediately apparent from income from continuing operations. We calculate NOI as net income (loss) excluding corporate general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization, impairments, gains/losses on sales of real estate, interest expense, transaction-related expenses and other non-operating items. We define NOI as operating revenues (including rental revenues, other property-related revenue, tenant recoveries and other operating revenues), less property-level operating expenses (which includes external management fees, if any, and property-level general and administrative expenses). NOI on a cash basis is NOI adjusted to exclude the effect of straight-line rent and other non-cash adjustments required by GAAP. We believe that NOI on a cash basis is helpful to investors as an additional measure of operating performance because it eliminates straight-line rent and other non-cash adjustments to revenue and expenses.

The table below presents consolidated net income and same-store office net operating income on a cash basis for the periods presented (in thousands).

	YTD Same-Store						2018 Same-Store						2017 Same-Store						2016 Same-Store						2015 Same-Store
	Six Months Ended June 30,						Year Ended December 31,
	2019			2018			2018			2017			2017			2016			2016			2015			2015			2014
Consolidated Net income (Loss)	$	(24,072	)	$	72,254		$	111,781		$	94,561		$	94,561		$	43,758		$	43,758		($	16,082	)	($	16,082	)	$	23,522
Interest expense		50,902			39,834			83,167			90,037			90,037			76,044			76,044			50,667			50,667			25,932
Interest income		(2,032	)		(75	)		(1,718	)		(97	)		(97	)		(260	)		(260	)		(124	)		(124	)		(30	)
Unrealized gain on non-real estate investment		—			(928	)		(928	)		—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Unrealized loss on ineffective portion of derivative instrument		—			—			—			70			70			1,436			1,436			—			—			—
Transaction-related expenses		128			118			535			598			598			376			376			43,336			43,336			4,641
Other (income) expense		(75	)		(723	)		(822	)		(2,992	)		(2,992	)		(1,558	)		(1,558	)		62			62			(14	)
Gains on sale of real estate investments		—			(39,602	)		(43,337	)		(45,574	)		(45,574	)		(30,389	)		(30,389	)		(30,471	)		(30,471	)		(5,538	)
Loss from unconsolidated real estate investments		85			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Net (income) loss from discontinued operations		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			164
Impairment loss		52,201			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
General and administrative		36,438			31,767			61,027			54,459			54,459			52,400			52,400			38,534			38,534			28,253
Depreciation and amortization		138,111			121,259			251,003			283,570			283,570			269,087			269,087			245,071			245,071			72,216
Net Operating Income	$	251,686		$	223,904		$	460,708		$	474,632		$	474,632		$	410,894		$	410,894		$	330,993		$	330,993		$	149,146
Non-Same-Store net operating income		(71,553	)		(59,781	)		(166,267	)		(185,545	)		(187,134	)		(148,817	)		(254,905	)		(193,845	)		(196,973	)		(15,960	)
One-time lease termination revenue		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(1,687	)
One-time lease termination non-cash write-off		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			77
One-time tenant recoveries		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			(3,340	)
Property tax expense adjustments		—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			4,201

S-7

	YTD Same-Store						2018 Same-Store						2017 Same-Store						2016 Same-Store						2015 Same-Store
	Six Months Ended June 30,						Year Ended December 31,
	2019			2018			2018			2017			2017			2016			2016			2015			2015			2014
Same-Store Net Operating Income	$	180,133		$	164,123		$	294,441		$	289,087		$	287,498		$	262,077		$	155,989		$	137,148		$	134,020		$	132,437
Same-Store Studio net operating income		(17,349	)		(16,002	)		(24,411	)		(22,112	)		(22,112	)		(20,593	)		(20,593	)		(15,406	)		(15,406	)		(13,732	)
Same-Store Office Net Operating Income	$	162,784		$	148,121		$	270,030		$	266,975		$	265,386		$	241,484		$	135,396		$	121,742		$	118,614		$	118,705
Cash basis adjustment to office net operating income		(16,956	)		(10,884	)		(15,866	)		(21,498	)		(12,626	)		(17,801	)		(11,106	)		(8,768	)		(7,556	)		(16,037	)
One-time tenant improvement cost reimbursement		—			—			—			(3,232	)		(3,232	)		—			—			—			—			—
Same-Store(1) Office Cash Net Operating Income	$	145,828		$	137,237		$	254,164		$	242,245		$	249,528		$	223,683		$	124,290		$	112,974		$	111,058		$	102,668
Growth		6.3	%					4.9	%					11.6	%					10.0	%					8.2	%

(1) Same-store for each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 refers to the office properties that were owned and included in our stabilized portfolio as of January 1 of the prior year and still owned and included in our stabilized portfolio as of December 31 of such year. Same-store for each of the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 refers to the office properties that were owned and included in our stabilized portfolio as of January 1 of the prior year and still owned and included in our stabilized portfolio as of June 30 of such year.

We have also experienced significant internal growth in our studio portfolio with same-store studio cash net operating income increasing 62% from our IPO through 2018. In addition, as of June 30, 2019, more than half of the stage and production office square footage in studio properties was subject to leases with maturities of three years or longer. The following table presents and reconciles consolidated net income and same-store studio net operating income on a cash basis the periods presented (in thousands).

	Six Months Ended June 30,						Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2019			2018			2018			2010 (IPO Year)
Consolidated Net (Loss) Income	$	(24,072	)	$	72,254			111,781		$	(2,682	)
Loss from unconsolidated joint ventures		85			—			—			—
Interest expense		50,902			39,834			83,167			8,831
Interest income		(2,032	)		(75	)		(1,718	)		(59	)
Unrealized gain on non-real estate investment		—			(928	)		(928	)		—
Unrealized gain on ineffective portion of derivative instrument		—			—			—			(347	)
Realized gain/loss on foreign currency exchange, net		—			—			—			—
Transaction-related expenses		128			118			535			4,273
Other (income) expense		(75	)		(723	)		(822	)		192
Gains on sale of real estate		—			(39,602	)		(43,337	)		—
Impairment loss		52,201			—			—			—
General and administrative		36,438			31,767			61,027			4,493
Depreciation and amortization		138,111			121,259			251,003			15,912
Office Net Operating Income	$	(233,194	)	$	(207,902	)	$	(425,697	)	$	(16,291	)
Non-Same-Store Studio net operating income		(1,143	)		—			(10,600	)		—
Cash basis adjustment to studio revenue		(661	)		(430	)		(1,219	)		—
Same-Store Studio(1) Cash Net Operating Income	$	16,688		$	15,572		$	23,192		$	14,322
Growth		7.2	%					61.9	%

(1) Same-store for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2010 refers to the Sunset Bronson Studios and Sunset Gower Studios properties that were owned and included in our stabilized portfolio as of January 1, 2010 and still owned and included in our stabilized portfolio as of December 31, 2018. Same-store for each of the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 refers to the studio properties that were owned and included in our stabilized portfolio as of January 1 of the prior year and still owned and included in our stabilized portfolio as of June 30 of such year.

S-8

As of June 30, 2019, our portfolio consists of 56 properties, including six properties held through our consolidated and unconsolidated joint ventures. As such, we believe it is valuable to present certain financial information based on the “Company’s Share” of these measures, which are non-GAAP financial measures that are calculated as the consolidated amount calculated in accordance with GAAP, plus our share of the amount from the our unconsolidated joint ventures (calculated based upon our percentage ownership interest), minus our partners’ share of the amount from our consolidated joint ventures (calculated based upon the partners’ percentage ownership interests). Financial information presented as “Company’s Share” is calculated on a property-by-property basis by applying our percentage economic interest to each applicable line item of that property’s financial information. “Company’s Share” information is not, and is not intended to be, a presentation in accordance with GAAP. We believe that presenting “Company’s Share” of these measures provides useful information regarding the our financial condition and/or results of operations because we have several significant joint ventures, and in some cases exercise significant influence over, but do not control, the joint venture, in which case GAAP requires that we account for the joint venture entity using the equity method of accounting and we do not consolidate it for financial reporting purposes. In other cases, GAAP requires that we consolidate the joint venture even though our partner(s) owns a significant percentage interest. We do not control the unconsolidated joint ventures and do not have a legal claim to our joint venture partners’ share of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. Because a substantial portion of our properties are held through joint ventures, we believe this form of presentation, which presents our economic interests in our overall portfolio, provides investors valuable information regarding our portfolio, its composition, performance and capitalization.

As of June 30, 2019, we own the following properties through consolidated joint ventures: (1) 1455 Market, (2) Hill7, (3) 10850 Pico, (4) One Westside and (5) the Ferry Building. All of information in this paragraph regarding our joint ventures is as of June 30, 2019. 1455 Market consists of 1,034,977 square feet with an annualized base rent of $50.8 million and we own 55% of the joint venture. Hill7 consists of 285,310 square feet with an annualized base rent of $10.9 million and we own 55% of the joint venture. Hill7 is encumbered by $101.0 million of indebtedness at an interest rate of 3.38% until November 6, 2026 at which time the interest rate will increase monthly and debt service will include principal payments with a balloon payment at maturity, which is November 6, 2028. One Westside and 10850 Pico are held by a consolidated joint venture of which we own 75% and is subject to in-substance defeased debt of $136.6 million at an interest rate of 4.47% with a maturity date of October 1, 2022. 10850 Pico consists of 95,987 square feet with an annualized base rent of $2.6 million and One Westside is currently undergoing redevelopment with an estimated square feet of 584,000. The Ferry Building consists of 268,018 square feet with an annualized base rent of $24.5 million and is encumbered by $66.1 million of debt with an interest rate of 4.50% and a maturity date of October 9, 2028 that is attributable to our joint venture partner. We own 55% of the Ferry Building joint venture.

Our sixth joint venture, the Bentall Centre property, is held through an unconsolidated joint venture of which we own 20% and, as of June 30, 2019, consists of 1,455,007 square feet with an annualized base rent of $35.4 million. The Bentall Centre property is encumbered by CAN$ 630.0 million of debt at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 175 basis points with a maturity date of July 1, 2024.

S-9

The following tables present and reconcile the Company’s Share of net debt and debt for the periods presented (in thousands).

	As of (Actual)
	Q2 2019			Q4 2018			Q4 2017			Q4 2016			Q4 2015			Q4 2014			Q4 2013			Q4 2012			Q4 2011			Q4 2010			Q2 2010
Total Unsecured and Secured Debt, net	$	2,834,785		$	2,623,835		$	2,421,380		$	2,688,010		$	2,260,716		$	918,059		$	931,308		$	582,085		$	399,871		$	342,060		$	94,020
Unamortized deferred financing cost		18,023			15,898			17,209			19,829			19,039			—			—			—			—			—			—
Unamortized loan cost, net		(2,709	)		648			722			—			(1,310	)		(3,056	)		(5,320	)		(1,201	)		(1,965	)		(643	)		280
Debt related to held for sale property		—			—			—			—			—			42,449			—			—			—			—			—
Company’s Share of unconsolidated joint venture debt		96,226			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Partner’s Share of consolidated joint venture debt		(45,450	)		(45,450	)		(45,450	)		(121,050	)		(75,330	)		(75,747	)		(76,139	)		(2,257	)		—			(51,940	)		—
Total Company’s Share of Unsecured and Secured Debt	$	2,900,875		$	2,594,931		$	2,393,861		$	2,586,789		$	2,203,115		$	881,705		$	849,849		$	578,627		$	397,906		$	289,477		$	94,300
Cash and cash equivalents		(48,172	)		(53,740	)		(78,922	)		(83,015	)		(53,551	)		(17,753	)		(30,356	)		(18,904	)		(13,705	)		(48,875	)		(84,509	)
Company’s Share of Net Debt	$	2,852,703		$	2,541,191		$	2,314,939		$	2,503,774		$	2,149,564		$	863,952		$	819,493		$	559,723		$	384,201		$	240,602		$	9,791

	As of (Actual)
	Q2 2019		Q4 2018		Q4 2017		Q4 2016		Q4 2015		Q4 2014		Q4 2013		Q4 2012		Q4 2011		Q4 2010		Q2 2010
Unsecured Debt	$	2,485,000	$	2,275,000	$	1,975,000	$	2,025,000	$	1,555,000	$	280,000	$	155,000	$	55,000	$	0	$	111,117	$	0
Company’s Share of Secured Debt		415,875		319,931		418,861		561,789		648,115		601,705		694,849		523,627		397,906		178,360		94,300
Total Company’s Share of Unsecured and Secured Debt	$	2,900,875	$	2,594,931	$	2,393,861	$	2,586,789	$	2,203,115	$	881,705	$	849,849	$	578,627	$	397,906	$	289,477	$	94,300

The following table presents and reconciles the Company’s Share of gross assets for the periods presented (in thousands).

	As of (Actual)
	Q2 2019			Q4 2018			Q4 2017			Q4 2016			Q4 2015			Q4 2014			Q4 2013			Q4 2012			Q4 2011		Q4 2010			Q2 2010
Total Assets	$	7,486,666		$	7,070,879		$	6,622,070		$	6,678,998		$	6,254,035		$	2,340,885		$	2,131,274		$	1,559,690		$	1,152,791	$	1,004,576		$	621,780
Accumulated Depreciation		792,485			695,631			533,498			419,368			269,074			134,657			116,342			85,184			53,329		27,113			21,442
Accumulated depreciation related to held for sale		5,916			—			15,913			4,582			3,650			7,904			—			—			—		—			—
Partner’s share of gross assets		(444,590	)		(406,815	)		(163,559	)		(289,075	)		(194,809	)		(128,740	)		(127,795	)		(3,897	)		—		(94,606	)		—
Company’s share of depreciation of the unconsolidated assets		331			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—		—			—
Company’s Share of Gross Assets	$	7,840,808		$	7,359,695		$	7,007,922		$	6,813,873		$	6,331,950		$	2,354,706		$	2,119,821		$	1,640,977		$	1,206,120	$	937,083		$	643,222

The Company has elected to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with its taxable year ended December 31, 2010. We believe that we have operated in a manner that has allowed the Company to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with such taxable year, and we intend to continue operating in such a manner. The Company conducts substantially all of its business through the operating partnership, of which the Company serves as the sole general partner.

S-10

As of June 30, 2019, we had 744,900 shares of unvested restricted stock outstanding and our operating partnership had 488,351 unvested performance units outstanding. In addition, an aggregate of 1,390,645 shares of our common stock and operating partnership units would be issuable in respect of our existing outperformance programs and our one-time performance-based retention awards, in each case, based on the applicable performance criteria that would have been satisfied had such performance been measured as of June 30, 2019.

Recent Developments

Dividends Declared

On September 10, 2019, the Company announced that it will declare a quarterly dividend on its common stock of $0.25 per share for the third quarter of 2019. The dividend will be paid on September 30, 2019 to stockholders of record on September 20, 2019.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Ninth Floor, Los Angeles, California 90025. Our telephone number is (310) 445-5700. Our Web site address is www.hudsonpacificproperties.com. The information on, or otherwise accessible through, our Web site does not constitute a part of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus.

S-11

The Offering

The following is a brief summary of certain terms of this offering. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of Notes” section of this prospectus supplement contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the notes.

Issuer Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership.

Guarantor Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

Securities Offered $         aggregate principal amount of     % senior notes due 20        .

Maturity Date The notes will mature on                     , 20        , unless earlier redeemed at our option prior to such date.

Interest Rate     % per year, accruing from                     , 2019.

Ranking of Notes The notes will be the operating partnership’s senior unsecured obligations and will rank equally in right of payment with all of its other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The notes will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to:

• all of the operating partnership’s existing and future mortgage indebtedness and other secured indebtedness (to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness);

• all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, whether secured or unsecured, of the operating partnership’s subsidiaries and of any entity the operating partnership accounts for using the equity method of accounting; and

• all existing and future equity not owned by the operating partnership, if any, in the operating partnership’s subsidiaries and in any entity the operating partnership accounts for using the equity method of accounting.

Guarantee The notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company. The guarantee will be a senior unsecured obligation of the Company and will rank equally in right of payment with all of its other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness and guarantees. The guarantee will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to:

• all existing and future secured indebtedness and secured guarantees of the Company (to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness and guarantees);

• all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, whether secured or unsecured, of the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries (including the operating partnership) and of any entity the Company accounts for using the equity method of accounting; and

S-12

• all existing and future equity not owned by the Company in the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries (including the operating partnership) and in any entity the Company accounts for using the equity method of accounting.

The Company has no material assets other than its investment in the operating partnership.

Optional Redemption We may redeem on one or more occasions some or all of the notes before they mature. If we redeem the notes prior to                     , 20     (         months prior to the maturity date), which we refer to as the Par Call Date, the redemption price will equal the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon that would have been payable in respect of such principal had such notes matured on the Par Call Date (not including any portion of interest accrued as of the date of redemption) discounted on a semi-annual basis at the applicable treasury rate plus             basis points, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. If we redeem the notes on or after the Par Call Date, the redemption price will equal 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. See “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption” in this prospectus supplement.

Certain Covenants The indenture governing the notes contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the operating partnership, the Company and their subsidiaries’ ability to:

• consummate a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of their assets; and

• incur secured and unsecured indebtedness.

These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. See “Description of Notes” in this prospectus supplement.

Use of Proceeds The net proceeds from the sale of the notes are estimated to be approximately $         million, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The operating partnership intends to use the net proceeds to repay all or a portion of its 5-year term loan due April 2020, to repay all or a portion of its outstanding borrowings under its revolving credit facility, and/or for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus supplement.

Affiliates of the underwriters in this offering are lenders under the 5-year term loan due April 2020 and/or the revolving credit facility. To the extent that any net proceeds from this offering are applied to repay the 5-year term loan due April 2020 and/or borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility, such affiliates will

S-13

receive their pro rata share of any such repaid amounts. See “Underwriting—Other Relationships” in this prospectus supplement.

Additional Notes The operating partnership may, from time to time, without notice to or the consent of the holders of the notes offered by this prospectus supplement, increase the principal amount of this series of notes under the indenture and issue such additional notes subject to certain restrictions as noted above under “—Certain Covenants”), in which case any additional notes so issued will have the same form and terms (other than the date of issuance and, under certain circumstances, the date from which interest thereon will begin to accrue), and will carry the same right to receive accrued and unpaid interest, as the notes offered by this prospectus supplement, and such additional notes will form a single series with the notes offered by this prospectus supplement.

No Public Market The notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for listing of the notes on any securities exchange or for quotation of the notes on any automated dealer quotation system. The underwriters have advised us that they intend to make a market in the notes, but they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-making at any time without notice.

Book-Entry Format The notes will be issued in book-entry only form and will be represented by one or more permanent global certificates deposited with a custodian for, and registered in the name of a nominee of, The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in New York, New York. Beneficial interests in the global certificates representing the notes will be shown on, and transfers will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its direct and indirect participants and such interests may not be exchanged for certificated notes, except in limited circumstances.

Risk Factors An investment in the notes involves various risks. Before making a decision to invest in the notes, prospective investors should carefully consider the matters discussed under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying prospectus, as well as those described in the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein and therein.

Trustee U.S. Bank National Association.

Governing Law State of New York.

S-14

Summary Financial and Other Data

The following tables set forth summary financial and other data for Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and subsidiaries. Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. is a subsidiary of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. As of June 30, 2019, Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. had a 99.6% common general partnership interest in Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. has no significant operations other than as Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.’s sole general partner, and no material assets other than its investment in Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.

The summary consolidated historical financial data as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015 has been derived from the audited consolidated historical financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. The summary consolidated historical financial data as of June 30, 2019 and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 has been derived from the unaudited consolidated historical financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. The summary consolidated historical financial data as of December 31, 2016 has been derived from the audited consolidated historical financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. not included in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus.

You should read this summary financial and other data in conjunction with the consolidated historical financial statements and accompanying notes of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

	Six Months Ended June 30,				Year Ended December 31,
	2019		2018		2018		2017		2016
	(in thousands)
Statement of Operations Data
Revenues
Office
Rental	$	342,453	$	259,814	$	533,184	$	545,453	$	486,956
Tenant Recoveries		—		42,864		92,760		92,244		84,386
Parking and other		—		—		26,573		29,413		21,894
Service revenues		12,452		12,404		—		—		—
Total office revenues	$	354,905	$	315,082	$	652,517	$	667,110	$	593,236
Studio
Rental	$	26,915	$	21,091	$	44,734	$	36,529	$	26,837
Tenant recoveries		—		854		2,013		1,336		1,884
Other property-related revenue		—		—		28,191		22,805		17,380
Service revenues and other		12,225		12,260		963		359		302
Total studio revenues	$	39,140	$	34,205	$	75,901	$	61,029	$	46,403
Total revenues	$	394,045	$	349,287	$	728,418	$	728,139	$	639,639
Operating expenses
Office operating expenses	$	121,711	$	107,180	$	226,820	$	218,873	$	202,935
Studio operating expenses		20,648		18,203		40,890		34,634		25,810
General and administrative		36,438		31,767		61,027		54,459		52,400
Depreciation and amortization		138,111		121,259		251,003		283,570		269,087
Total operating expenses	$	316,908	$	278,409	$	579,740	$	591,536	$	550,232

S-15

	Six Months Ended June 30,						Year Ended December 31,
	2019			2018			2018			2017			2016
	(in thousands)
Other (expense) income
Loss from unconsolidated real estate investments	$	(85	)	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Interest expense		(50,902	)		(39,834	)		(83,167	)		(90,037	)		(76,044	)
Interest income		2,032			75			1,718			97			260
Unrealized gain on non-real estate investment		—			928			928			—			—
Unrealized loss on ineffective portion of derivative instruments		—			—			—			(70	)		(1,436	)
Transaction-related expenses		(128	)		(118	)		(535	)		(598	)		(376	)
Other income (expense)		75			723			822			2,992			1,558
Gains on sale of real estate		—			39,602			43,337			45,574			30,389
Impairment loss		(52,201	)		—			—			—			—
Total other (expense) income	$	(101,209	)	$	1,376		$	(36,897	)	$	(42,042	)	$	(45,649	)
Net (loss) income	$	(24,072	)	$	72,254		$	111,781		$	94,561		$	43,758

	As Of June 30,		As Of December 31,
	2019		2018		2017		2016
			(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data (as of period end)
Investment in real estate, net		6,296,023	$	6,363,906	$	5,889,943	$	6,050,933
Total assets		7,486,666		7,070,879		6,622,070		6,678,998
Unsecured and secured debt, net(1)		2,834,785		2,623,835		2,421,380		2,688,010
Total liabilities		3,653,155		3,117,793		2,700,929		2,966,071

(1) Balances do not reflect the classification related to the held for sale properties in subsequent years.

	Three Months Ended June 30,						Year Ended December 31,
	2019			2018			2018			2017			2016			2015
	(unaudited; in thousands, except  per share and percentage information)
Other Data
EBITDA(1)	$	107,973		$	99,662		$	444,233		$	468,071		$	388,629		$	279,532
Adjusted EBITDA(1)	$	99,518		$	91,010		$	367,511		$	392,036		$	328,396		$	252,046
Portfolio leasing spreads(2)		48.2	%		22.7	%		29.5	%		50.0	%		44.8	%		47.7	%
Non-cash portion of interest expense		(1,443	)		(1,435	)		(5,965	)		(6,032	)		(4,464	)		(4,746	)
Capitalized Interest		3,871			3,618			14,815			10,655			11,307			6,516
JV partner debt service and in-substance defeased debt service		(3,072	)		—			(3,582	)		—			—			—
Mortgage principal amortization		919			131			1,483			2,528			2,899			3,574

(1) EBITDA represents net income before income taxes, interest income, interest expense and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA, as further adjusted to eliminate the impact of losses from discontinued operations, transaction-related expenses, certain non-cash items and items that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing performance that are set forth in the reconciliation below. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not represent cash flows from operations or net income as defined by GAAP and should not be considered an alternative to those measures in evaluating our liquidity or operating performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not purport to be indicative of cash available to fund our future cash requirements, including our ability to fund capital expenditures or make payments on our

S-16

indebtedness. Further, our computation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA reported by other REITs. Accordingly, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

The following table reconciles net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

	Three Months Ended June 30,						Year Ended December 31,
	2019			2018			2018			2017			2016			2015
Net income (loss)	$	12,823		$	19,691		$	111,781		$	94,561		$	43,758		$	(16,082	)
Interest income		(1,008	)		(66	)		(1,718	)		(97	)		(260	)		(124	)
Interest expense		26,552			19,331			83,167			90,037			76,044			50,667
Depreciation and amortization		69,606			60,706			251,003			283,570			269,087			245,071
EBITDA	$	107,973		$	99,662		$	444,233		$	468,071		$	388,629		$	279,532
Gain on sale of real estate		—			(1,928	)		(43,337	)		(45,574	)		(30,389	)		(30,471	)
Other (income) expenses		(181	)		(319	)		(822	)		(2,992	)		(1,558	)		62
Transaction-related expenses		—			—			535			598			376			43,336
Unrealized gain on non-real estate investment		—			(928	)		(928	)		—			—			—
Unrealized loss on ineffective portion of derivative instruments					—			—			70			1,436			—
Straight-line rent, net		(11,469	)		(7,811	)		(35,491	)		(29,205	)		(28,056	)		(28,984	)
Amortization of above market and below market leases, net		(2,930	)		(3,231	)		(17,593	)		(18,062	)		(19,734	)		(22,073	)
Amortization of above market and below market ground lease, net		615			892			2,422			2,505			2,160			1,642
Amortization of lease incentive costs		443			384			1,464			1,546			1,388			581
Other expenses		—			—			—			—			—			—
Non-cash compensation expense		5,067			4,289			17,028			15,079			14,144			8,421
Adjusted EBITDA	$	99,518		$	91,010		$	367,511		$	392,036		$	328,396		$	252,046

(2) Leasing spreads are calculated by dividing initial straight-line rents on new and renewal leases by straight-line rents on expiring leases in the same space. New leases are only included if the same space was leased within the previous 12 months.

S-17

Risk Factors

Investing in the notes involves risks. Before making a decision to invest in the notes, you should carefully consider the following risks, the risks described in the most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, as well as the other information and data set forth in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein and therein. The occurrence of any of these risks could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as the trading price of the notes, and might cause you to lose all or a part of your investment in the notes. Some statements in this prospectus supplement, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to this Offering and the Notes

The indenture that will govern the notes contains covenants that restrict our ability to engage in some business activities, including incurring additional indebtedness, but we may be able to incur substantial indebtedness without violating those covenants. Additionally, the effective subordination of the notes may limit our ability to satisfy our obligations under the notes.

The indenture that will govern the notes contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the operating partnership, the Company and their subsidiaries’ ability to consummate a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of their assets and incur secured and unsecured indebtedness. However, it will not prohibit the operating partnership, the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries from incurring secured or unsecured indebtedness in the future and the covenants that will limit the ability of the operating partnership and its subsidiaries to incur secured and unsecured indebtedness are subject to significant exceptions. As a result, the operating partnership and its subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial amounts of additional secured and unsecured indebtedness without violating those covenants. Moreover, such covenants limiting the incurrence of indebtedness will not apply to the Company.

Additionally, the notes will be the operating partnership’s senior unsecured obligations and will rank equally in right of payment with all of its other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The notes will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to:

• all existing and future mortgage indebtedness and other secured indebtedness of the operating partnership (to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness);

• all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, whether secured or unsecured, of the operating partnership’s subsidiaries and of any entity the operating partnership accounts for using the equity method of accounting; and

• all existing and future equity not owned by the operating partnership, if any, in the operating partnership’s subsidiaries and in any entity the operating partnership accounts for using the equity method of accounting.

Similarly, the Company’s guarantee of the notes will be its senior unsecured obligation and will rank equally in right of payment with all of its other existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness and guarantees. The Company’s guarantee of the notes will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to:

• all existing and future secured indebtedness and secured guarantees of the Company (to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness and guarantees);

• all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, whether secured or unsecured, of the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries (including the operating partnership) and of any entity the Company accounts for using the equity method of accounting; and

S-18

• all existing and future equity not owned by the Company in the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries (including the operating partnership) and in any entity the Company accounts for using the equity method of accounting.

In the event of the bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of the operating partnership or the Company, assets that secure any of their respective secured indebtedness and other secured obligations will be available to pay their respective obligations under the notes or the guarantee, as applicable, and their other respective unsecured indebtedness and other unsecured obligations only after all of their respective indebtedness and other obligations secured by those assets have been repaid in full, and we caution you that there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all the notes or the guarantee, as the case may be, then outstanding. In the event of the bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of any of the subsidiaries of the operating partnership or the Company, the rights of holders of indebtedness and other obligations of the operating partnership (including the notes) or the Company (including the guarantee), as the case may be, will be effectively subordinated to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors and of the holders of any indebtedness or other obligations guaranteed by that subsidiary, except to the extent that the operating partnership or the Company is itself a creditor with recognized claims against that subsidiary, in which case those claims would still be effectively subordinated to all debt secured by mortgages or other liens on the assets of that subsidiary (to the extent of the value of those assets) and would be subordinated to all indebtedness of that subsidiary senior to the indebtedness held by the operating partnership or the Company, as the case may be. Moreover, in the event of the bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of any subsidiary of the operating partnership or the Company, the rights of holders of indebtedness and other obligations of the operating partnership (including the notes) or the Company (including the guarantee), as the case may be, will be effectively subordinated to any equity interests in that subsidiary held by persons other than the operating partnership or the Company, as the case may be. In addition, in the event of the bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of any subsidiary or other entity that the operating partnership or the Company accounts for using the equity method of accounting, the rights of holders of indebtedness and other obligations of the operating partnership (including the notes) or the Company (including the guarantee) will be subject to the prior claims of that entity’s creditors and the holders of any indebtedness or other obligations of that entity, except to the extent that the operating partnership or the Company, as the case may be, is itself a creditor with recognized claims against that entity, in which case those claims would still be effectively subordinated to all debt secured by mortgages or other liens on the assets of that entity (to the extent of the value of those assets) and would be subordinated to all indebtedness of that entity senior to that held by the operating partnership or the Company, as the case may be.

As of June 30, 2019, the operating partnership (including its subsidiaries) had approximately $2.85 billion aggregate principal amount of consolidated outstanding indebtedness (not including $136.6 million of in-substance defeased debt or $66.1 million of joint venture partner debt related to our joint venture in the Ferry Building), of which $365.1 million was senior secured indebtedness and approximately $2.49 billion was senior unsecured indebtedness. As of June 30, 2019, the Company (excluding its subsidiaries) had no outstanding indebtedness and had guaranteed the operating partnership’s borrowings and other amounts due under the revolving credit facility, the 5-year term loan due April 2020, the 7-year term loan due April 2022, the 7-year term loan due November 2022 and its outstanding senior notes. As of June 30, 2019, the subsidiaries of the operating partnership and the subsidiaries of the Company (excluding the operating partnership) had approximately $365.1 million of outstanding mortgage indebtedness (not including $136.6 million of in-substance defeased debt or $66.1 million of joint venture partner debt related to our joint venture in the Ferry Building) and no outstanding unsecured indebtedness, in addition to their trade payables and other liabilities.

We may not be able to meet our debt service obligations.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, and to fund our operations, working capital and capital expenditures, depends on our ability to generate cash. Our cash flow from operations is subject to general economic, industry, financial, competitive, operating, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

S-19

The instruments and agreements governing some of our outstanding indebtedness (including borrowings under the revolving credit facility and term loan facilities) contain provisions that require us to repay that indebtedness under specified circumstances or upon the occurrence of specified events and our future debt agreements and debt securities may contain similar provisions. We may not have sufficient funds to pay our indebtedness when due, and we may not be able to arrange for the financing necessary to make those payments on favorable terms or at all. In addition, our ability to make required payments on our indebtedness when due may be limited by the terms of other debt instruments or agreements. Our failure to pay amounts due in respect of any of our indebtedness may constitute an event of default under the instrument governing that indebtedness, which could permit the holders of that indebtedness to require the immediate repayment of that indebtedness in full and, in the case of secured indebtedness, could allow them to sell the collateral securing that indebtedness and use the proceeds to repay that indebtedness. Moreover, any acceleration of, or default in respect of, any of our indebtedness could, in turn, constitute an event of default under other debt instruments or agreements, thereby resulting in the acceleration and required repayment of that other indebtedness. Any of these events could materially and adversely affect our ability to make payments of principal and interest on the notes when due and could prevent us from making those payments altogether.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future sources of cash will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay amounts due on our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. Additionally, if we incur additional indebtedness in connection with future acquisitions or for any other purpose, our debt service obligations could increase.

We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the notes, on or before maturity. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness or obtain additional financing will depend on, among other things:

• our financial condition, results of operations and market conditions at the time; and

• restrictions in the agreements governing our indebtedness.

As a result, we may not be able to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and additional borrowings or refinancings or proceeds of assets sales or other sources of cash are not available to us, we may not have sufficient cash to enable us to meet all of our obligations, including payments on the notes. Accordingly, if we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as seeking additional equity financing, or delaying capital expenditures or strategic acquisitions and ventures. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, the trading price of our securities (including the notes) and our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and to pay distributions to the Company’s stockholders and the operating partnership’s limited partners.

We may incur additional indebtedness in the future, which could exacerbate the risks related to our indebtedness and adversely impact our ability to pay the principal of or interest on the notes.

We may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreements governing our secured and unsecured indebtedness limit, and the indenture governing the notes will limit, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant exceptions. As such, we will have the ability to incur additional indebtedness, which could be substantial, without violating the limitations imposed by these debt instruments. To the extent we incur additional indebtedness, we may face additional risks associated with our indebtedness, including our possible inability to pay the principal of and interest on the notes.

The Company has no significant operations, other than as the operating partnership’s general partner, and no material assets, other than its investment in the operating partnership.

The notes will be guaranteed by the Company. The Company has no significant operations, other than as general partner of the operating partnership, and no material assets, other than its investment in the operating

S-20

partnership. Accordingly, if the operating partnership fails to make a payment on the notes when due, there can be no assurance that the Company would have funds to pay that amount pursuant to its guarantee. Furthermore, as described above under “—The indenture that will govern the notes contains covenants that restrict our ability to engage in some business activities, including incurring additional indebtedness, but we may be able to incur substantial indebtedness without violating those covenants. Additionally, the effective subordination of the notes may limit our ability to satisfy our obligations under the notes,” the Company’s guarantee will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to:

• all existing and future secured indebtedness and secured guarantees of the Company (to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness or guarantees);

• all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, whether secured or unsecured, of the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries (including the operating partnership) and of any entity the Company accounts for using the equity method of accounting; and

• all existing and future equity not owned by the Company in the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries (including the operating partnership) and in any entity the Company accounts for using the equity method of accounting.

Federal and state laws allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void guarantees and require holders of guaranteed debt to return payments received from guarantors.

Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, a court could void the guarantee of the notes provided by the Company or could subordinate the guarantee to all other debts of the Company if, among other things, the Company, at the time it incurred or entered into its guarantee, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of the guarantee and any of the following is also true:

• the Company was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the incurrence of the guarantee;

• the Company was engaged in a business or transaction for which its remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

• the Company intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay those debts as they mature.

Under any of the circumstances described above, any payment by the Company pursuant to its guarantee of the notes could be voided and holders of the notes could be required to return those payments to the Company or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the Company.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in a proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

• the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

• the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liabilities on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they became due; or

• it could not pay its debts as they became due.

Moreover, a court might also void the Company’s guarantee of the notes, without regard to the above factors, if it found that the Company entered into its guarantee with actual or deemed intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors.

S-21

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration was received by the Company for its guarantee of the notes. If a court voided the Company’s guarantee, holders of the notes would no longer have a claim against the Company under such guarantee. In addition, the court might direct holders of the notes to repay any amounts already received from the Company under its guarantee.

If a court were to void the Company’s guarantee, require the return of monies paid by the Company under its guarantee or subordinate the guarantee to other obligations of the Company, we could not assure you that funds to pay the notes would be available from the operating partnership or any of our other subsidiaries or from any other source.

There is currently no active public trading market for the notes. The failure of an active public trading market for the notes to develop or be maintained is likely to adversely affect the market price and liquidity of the notes.

The notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for listing of the notes on any securities exchange or for inclusion in any quotation system. Although the underwriters have advised us that they intend to make a market in the notes, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice. Accordingly, an active public trading market may not develop for the notes and, even if one develops, may not be maintained or be liquid. If an active public trading market for the notes does not develop or is not maintained, the market price and liquidity of the notes are likely to be adversely affected and holders may not be able to sell their notes at desired times and prices or at all. If any of the notes are traded after their purchase in this offering, they may trade at a discount, which could be substantial, from their purchase price.

The liquidity of the trading market, if any, and future trading prices of the notes will depend on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, the financial condition, results of operations, business, prospects and credit quality of the operating partnership and its subsidiaries and of the Company and its subsidiaries, the market for similar securities and the overall securities markets, and may be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in any of these factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, market volatility or events or developments in the credit markets could materially and adversely affect the market value of the notes, regardless of the operating partnership’s, the Company’s or their respective subsidiaries’ financial condition, results of operations, business, prospects or credit quality.

The market price of the notes may fluctuate significantly.

The market price of the notes may fluctuate significantly in response to many factors, including:

• actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results or dividends;

• changes in our funds from operations or earnings estimates;

• publication of research reports about us or the real estate industry;

• prevailing interest rates;

• the market for similar securities;

• changes in market valuations of similar companies;

• adverse market reaction to any additional debt we may incur in the future;

• additions or departures of key management personnel;

• actions by institutional stockholders;

• speculation in the press or investment community;

S-22

• the extent of investor interest in our securities;

• the general reputation of REITs and the attractiveness of our debt securities in comparison to other debt securities, including securities issued by other real estate-based companies;

• our underlying asset value;

• investor confidence in the stock and bond markets, generally;

• changes in tax laws;

• failure to meet earnings estimates;

• failure to meet the REIT qualification requirements and maintain the Company’s REIT status;

• changes in our credit ratings;

• general economic and financial market conditions;

• our issuance of debt securities;

• our financial condition, results of operations and prospects; and

• the realization of any of the other risk factors presented in this prospectus supplement and in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Many of the factors listed above are beyond our control. These factors may cause the market price of the notes to decline, regardless of our financial condition, results of operations, business or prospects. We cannot assure you that the market price of the notes will not fall in the future, and it may be difficult for investors to resell the notes at prices they find attractive or at all.

An increase in interest rates could result in a decrease in the market value of the notes.

In general, as market interest rates rise, notes bearing interest at a fixed rate generally decline in value. Consequently, if you purchase the notes and market interest rates increase, the market value of your notes may decline. We cannot predict future market interest rates.

A downgrade in our credit ratings could materially adversely affect our business and financial condition and the market value of the notes.

The credit ratings assigned to the notes and other debt securities the operating partnership may issue in the future could change based upon, among other things, our results of operations and financial condition. These ratings are subject to ongoing evaluation by credit rating agencies, and we cannot assure you that any rating will not be changed or withdrawn by a rating agency in the future if, in its judgment, circumstances warrant. Moreover, these credit ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold the notes or any other securities. If any of the credit rating agencies that have rated the notes or other debt securities the operating partnership may issue in the future downgrades or lowers its credit rating, or indicates that it has placed any such rating on a so-called “watch list” for a possible downgrading or lowering or otherwise indicates that its outlook for that rating is negative, such actions could have a material adverse effect on our cost and availability of capital, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and our ability to satisfy our debt service obligations (including payments on the notes) and could negatively impact the market value of the notes.

S-23

The operating partnership may choose to redeem the notes when prevailing interest rates are relatively low.

The notes are redeemable at the operating partnership’s option, and it may choose to redeem some or all of the notes from time to time, especially when prevailing interest rates are lower than the rate borne by the notes. If prevailing rates are lower at the time of redemption, you would not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the interest rate on the notes being redeemed. See “Description of Notes—The operating partnership’s redemption rights.”

S-24

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $        million, after deducting the underwriting discount and our estimated expenses. The operating partnership intends to use the net proceeds to repay all or a portion of its 5-year term loan due April 2020, to repay all or a portion of its outstanding borrowings under its revolving credit facility and/or for general corporate purposes.

The 5-year term loan due April 2020 has a maturity date of April 1, 2020 and bears interest at a rate per annum equal to either the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 120 basis points to 170 basis points per annum or a specified base rate plus 20 basis points to 70 basis points per annum, depending on the operating partnership’s leverage ratio. As of September 11, 2019, $300.0 million of the 5-year term loan due April 2020 was drawn. The 5-year term loan due April 2020 currently bears interest at a rate per annum equal to one-month LIBOR plus 122 basis points. The 5-year term loan due April 2020 is currently effectively fixed at 1.45% per annum through the use of an interest rate swap.

The revolving credit facility has a maturity date of March 13, 2022 (which maturity may be extended for an additional year at our option subject to certain conditions) and bears interest at a rate per annum equal to either one-month LIBOR plus 105 to 150 basis points or a specified base rate plus 20 to 70 basis points, depending on the operating partnership’s leverage ratio. As of September 11, 2019, $40.0 million of the revolving credit facility was drawn. The revolving credit facility currently bears interest at a rate per annum equal to one-month LIBOR plus 110 basis points.

Affiliates of the underwriters in this offering are lenders under 5-year term loan due April 2020 and/or the revolving credit facility. To the extent that any net proceeds from this offering are applied to repay 5-year term loan due April 2020 and/or borrowings outstanding under and the revolving credit facility, such affiliates will receive their pro rata share of any such repaid amounts. See “Underwriting—Other Relationships” in this prospectus supplement.

S-25

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.’s cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2019:

• on an actual basis; and

• as adjusted to reflect this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom as described in this prospectus supplement under “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus supplement and the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2019 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., which is incorporated herein by reference.

	As of June 30, 2019
	Actual		As Adjusted
	(in thousands, except share amounts)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	48,172	$
Unsecured and secured debt(1):
Revolving credit facility(2)	$	185,000	$
5-year term loan due April 2020		300,000
7-year term loan due April 2022		350,000		350,000
7-year term loan due November 2022		125,000		125,000
Series A Guaranteed Senior Notes due 2023		110,000		110,000
Series E Guaranteed Senior Notes due 2023		50,000		50,000
Series B Guaranteed Senior Notes due 2025		259,000		259,000
Series D Guaranteed Senior Notes due 2026		150,000		150,000
Series C Guaranteed Senior Notes due 2027		56,000		56,000
3.950% Senior Notes due 2027		400,000		400,000
4.650% Senior Notes due 2029		500,000		500,000
Mortgage loans		365,099		365,099
Notes offered hereby		—
Total unsecured and secured debt	$	2,850,099	$
Redeemable preferred units of the operating partnership	$	9,815	$	9,815
Redeemable non-controlling interest in consolidated real estate entity	$	114,917	$	114,917
Capital
Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. partners’ capital:
Common units, 155,117,528 issued and outstanding at June 30, 2019	$	3,439,380	$	3,439,380
Accumulated other comprehensive income		1,241		1,241
Total Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. partners’ capital	$	3,440,621	$	3,440,621
Non-controlling interest—members in consolidated entities		268,158		268,158
Total capital	$	3,708,779	$
Total capitalization	$	6,683,610	$

(1) Amounts shown do not reflect in-substance defeased debt, joint venture partner debt related to the Ferry Building, debt issuance costs and loan discount.

(2) As of September 23, 2019, we had approximately $600.0 million of total capacity under our revolving credit facility, of which $40.0 million had been drawn and we had requested another $40.0 million be drawn by September 26, 2019, and our term loan credit facilities were fully drawn.

S-26

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

The following description summarizes key terms and provisions of the notes and the indenture referred to below, does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the actual terms and provisions of the notes and the indenture, which are incorporated herein by reference. The information in this section supplements and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, replaces the information in the accompanying prospectus under the caption “Description of Debt Securities and Related Guarantees.”

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the notes or the indenture, as applicable. As used in this “Description of Notes,” references to “we,” “our” or “us” refer solely to Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and not to its subsidiaries or Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., and references to the “Company” and the “guarantor” refer only to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “dollars” mean U.S. dollars. Capitalized terms used in this section have the meaning set forth below in “—Definitions.”

General

The notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of October 2, 2017, among the operating partnership, the Company, as guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as supplemented by a third supplemental indenture dated as of                 , 2019. We refer to the indenture, as supplemented by the third supplemental indenture, as the “indenture”.

The terms of the notes include those provisions contained in the notes and the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or the Trust Indenture Act. The notes are subject to all such terms, and holders of notes are referred to the notes, the indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement thereof. You may request copies of the indenture and the form of the notes from us.

The notes will be issued only in fully registered, book-entry form, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, except under the limited circumstances described below under “—Book-Entry, delivery and form”. The principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the notes will be payable in U.S. dollars. The registered holder of a note will be treated as its owner for all purposes.

If any interest payment date, stated maturity date or redemption date is not a business day, the payment otherwise required to be made on such date will be made on the next business day without any additional payment as a result of such delay. The term “business day” means, with respect to any note, any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or a place of payment on the notes are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

The notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company on a senior unsecured basis. See “—Guarantee” below.

The terms of the notes provide that the operating partnership is permitted to reduce interest payments and payments upon a redemption of notes otherwise payable to a holder for any amounts the operating partnership is required to withhold by law. For example, non-United States holders of the notes may, under some circumstances, be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to payments of interest on the notes. The operating partnership will set-off any such withholding tax that the operating partnership is required to pay against payments of interest payable on the notes and payments upon a redemption of notes.

S-27

Ranking

The notes will be the operating partnership’s direct, senior unsecured and unsubordinated obligations and will rank equally in right of payment with all of its other existing and future senior unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. However, the notes will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to:

• all of the operating partnership’s existing and future mortgage indebtedness and other secured indebtedness (to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness);

• all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, whether secured or unsecured, of the operating partnership’s subsidiaries and of any entity the operating partnership accounts for using the equity method of accounting; and

• all existing and future preferred equity not owned by the operating partnership, if any, in the operating partnership’s subsidiaries and in any entity the operating partnership accounts for using the equity method of accounting.

As of June 30, 2019, the operating partnership (including its subsidiaries) had approximately $2.85 billion aggregate principal amount of consolidated outstanding indebtedness (not including $136.6 million of in-substance defeased debt or $66.1 million of joint venture partner debt related to our joint venture in the Ferry Building), of which $365.1 million was senior secured indebtedness and approximately $2.49 billion was senior unsecured indebtedness. As of June 30, 2019, the Company had no outstanding indebtedness and had guaranteed approximately $2.49 billion of indebtedness of the operating partnership. As of June 30, 2019, the operating partnership’s subsidiaries had approximately $365.1 million of outstanding mortgage indebtedness (not including $136.6 million of in-substance defeased debt or $66.1 million of joint venture partner debt related to our joint venture in the Ferry Building) and no outstanding unsecured indebtedness, in addition to their trade payables and other liabilities.

See “—Guarantee” below for a description of the ranking of the guarantee.

Except as described under “—Covenants” and “—Merger, consolidation or sale”, the indenture governing the notes does not prohibit the operating partnership or any of its subsidiaries from incurring additional indebtedness or issuing preferred equity in the future, nor does the indenture afford holders of the notes protection in the event of (1) a recapitalization transaction or other highly leveraged or similar transaction involving the operating partnership or the Company, (2) a change of control of the operating partnership or the Company or (3) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, restructuring or transfer or lease of substantially all of the operating partnership’s or the Company’s assets or similar transaction that may adversely affect the holders of the notes. The operating partnership may, in the future, enter into certain transactions such as the sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a merger or consolidation that may increase the amount of its indebtedness or substantially change its assets, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to service our indebtedness, including the notes. See “Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

Additional notes

The notes will initially be limited to an aggregate principal amount of $        . The operating partnership may, without the consent of holders of the notes, increase the principal amount of the notes by issuing additional notes in the future, subject to the restrictions described under “—Covenants”, on the same terms and conditions (except for any difference in the issue date, public offering price and, if applicable, the date from which interest thereon will begin to accrue and the initial interest payment date) with the same CUSIP number as the notes offered hereby so long as such additional notes are fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the notes offered hereby. The notes offered by this prospectus supplement and any additional notes would rank equally and ratably in right of payment and would be treated as a single series of debt securities for all purposes under the indenture.

S-28

Interest

Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of     % per year from and including                 , 2019 or the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for, and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on                  and                 of each year, beginning on                 , 2020. The interest so payable will be paid to each holder in whose name a note is registered at the close of business on the                 or                 (whether or not a business day) immediately preceding the applicable interest payment date. Interest on the notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

If any interest payment date or maturity or redemption date falls on a day that is not a business day, the required payment shall be made on the next business day as if it were made on the date such payment was due and no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable from and after such interest payment date or maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, to such next business day.

If the operating partnership redeems the notes in accordance with the terms of such note, the operating partnership will pay accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, to the holder that surrenders such note for redemption. However, if a redemption falls after a record date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date, the operating partnership will pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest and premium, if any, due on such interest payment date to the holder of record at the close of business on the corresponding record date.

Maturity

The notes will mature on                 , 20    and will be paid against presentation and surrender thereof at the corporate trust office of the trustee unless earlier redeemed by us at our option as described under “—The operating partnership’s redemption rights” below. The notes will not be entitled to the benefits of, or be subject to, any sinking fund.

The operating partnership’s redemption rights

The operating partnership may redeem the notes at its option and sole discretion, at any time or from time to time prior to                 , 20    (         months prior to their maturity date) (the “Par Call Date”) in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to the greater of:

• 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed; and

• as determined by the Quotation Agent (as defined below), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the notes to be redeemed that would be due if the notes matured on the Par Call Date (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus        basis points (     %);

plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including, the applicable redemption date; provided, however, that if the redemption date falls after a record date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date, we will pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on such interest payment date to the holder of record at the close of business on the corresponding record date (instead of the holder surrendering its notes for redemption).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the notes are redeemed on or after the Par Call Date, the redemption price will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including, the applicable redemption date.

S-29

As used herein:

“Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date:

(1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or companion online data resource published by the Federal Reserve System) and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the Remaining Life (as defined below), yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month); or

(2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

The Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third business day preceding the redemption date.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the notes to be redeemed, calculated as if the maturity date of such notes were the Par Call Date (the “Remaining Life”), that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the Remaining Life of such notes.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Quotation Agent obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Quotations.

“Quotation Agent” means the Reference Treasury Dealer appointed by the operating partnership.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means each of (1) BofA Securities, Inc., (2) Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and (3) any one other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by us; provided, however, that if any of the Reference Treasury Dealers referred to in clause (1) or (2) above ceases to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer, or Primary Treasury Dealer, we will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by us, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

Notice of any redemption will be mailed (or sent) at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of the notes to be redeemed. Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

In connection with any redemption of notes, any such redemption may, at the operating partnership’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent. In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the operating partnership’s

S-30

discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

If the operating partnership decides to redeem the notes in part, the trustee will select the notes to be redeemed (in principal amounts of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) on a pro rata basis, by lot or such other method it deems fair and appropriate or is required by the depository for the notes; provided that so long as the notes are represented by one or more Global Notes (as defined below), interests in such Global Notes shall be selected for redemption by DTC in accordance with its standard procedures therefor.

In the event of any redemption of notes in part, the operating partnership and the registrar will not be required to:

• issue or register the transfer or exchange of any note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing (or sending) of a notice of redemption of the notes selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing (or delivery); or

• register the transfer or exchange of any note so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any note being redeemed in part.

If the paying agent holds funds sufficient to pay the redemption price of the notes on the redemption date, then on and after such date:

• such notes will cease to be outstanding;

• interest on such notes will cease to accrue; and

• all rights of holders of such notes will terminate except the right to receive the redemption price.

Such will be the case whether or not book-entry transfer of the notes in book-entry form is made and whether or not notes in certificated form, together with the necessary endorsements, are delivered to the paying agent. The operating partnership will not redeem the notes on any date if the principal amount of the notes has been accelerated, and such an acceleration has not been rescinded or cured on or prior to such date.

Certain covenants

Limitation on total outstanding debt. The indenture will provide that the operating partnership will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, incur any Debt (including, without limitation, Acquired Debt) if, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds from such Debt on a pro forma basis, the aggregate principal amount of all of its and its Subsidiaries’ outstanding Debt (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles) is greater than 60% of the sum of the following (without duplication): (1) its and its Subsidiaries’ Total Assets as of the last day of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial information is available and (2) the aggregate purchase price of any real estate assets or mortgages receivable acquired, and the aggregate amount of any securities offering proceeds and Debt proceeds received (to the extent such proceeds were not used to acquire real estate assets or mortgages receivable or used to reduce Debt), by the operating partnership or any Subsidiary since the end of such fiscal quarter, including the proceeds obtained from the incurrence of such additional Debt.

Secured debt test. The indenture will provide that the operating partnership will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur any Debt (including, without limitation, Acquired Debt) secured by any Lien on any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ property or assets, whether owned on the date of the indenture or subsequently acquired, if, immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds from such Debt on a pro forma basis, the aggregate principal amount (determined on a consolidated basis in

S-31

accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles) of all of its and its Subsidiaries’ outstanding Debt which is secured by a Lien on any of the operating partnership’s and its Subsidiaries’ property or assets is greater than 40% of the sum of (without duplication): (1) its and its Subsidiaries’ Total Assets as of the last day of the then most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial information is available; and (2) the aggregate purchase price of any real estate assets or mortgages receivable acquired, and the aggregate amount of any securities offering proceeds and Debt proceeds received (to the extent such proceeds were not used to acquire real estate assets or mortgages receivable or used to reduce Debt), by the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries since the end of such fiscal quarter, including the proceeds obtained from the incurrence of such additional Debt.

Debt service test. The notes also will provide that the operating partnership will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur any Debt (including without limitation Acquired Debt) if the ratio of Consolidated Income Available for Debt Service to Annual Debt Service Charge for the period consisting of the four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to the date on which such additional Debt is to be incurred shall have been less than 1.5:1 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds from such Debt (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles), and calculated on the following assumptions: (1) such Debt and any other Debt (including, without limitation, Acquired Debt) incurred by the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries since the first day of such four-quarter period had been incurred, and the application of the proceeds from such Debt (including to repay or retire other Debt) had occurred, on the first day of such period; (2) the repayment or retirement of any other Debt of the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries since the first day of such four-quarter period had occurred on the first day of such period (except that, in making this computation, the amount of Debt under any revolving credit facility, line of credit or similar facility will be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Debt during such period); and (3) in the case of any acquisition or disposition or the placement of any assets in service or removal of any assets from service by the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries of any asset or group of assets with a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million since the first day of such four-quarter period, whether by merger, stock purchase or sale or asset purchase or sale or otherwise, such acquisition, disposition, placement in service or removal from service had occurred as of the first day of such period with the appropriate adjustments with respect to such acquisition or disposition being included in such pro forma calculation.

If the Debt giving rise to the need to make the calculation described above or any other Debt incurred after the first day of the relevant four-quarter period bears interest at a floating rate, then, for purposes of calculating the Annual Debt Service Charge, the interest rate on such Debt will be computed on a pro forma basis by applying the average daily rate which would have been in effect during the entire four quarter period to the greater of the amount of such Debt outstanding at the end of such period or the average amount of such Debt outstanding during such period. For purposes of the foregoing, Debt will be deemed to be incurred by the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries whenever the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries shall create, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect thereof.

Maintenance of unencumbered assets. The indenture will provide that the operating partnership will not have at any time Total Unencumbered Assets of less than 150% of the aggregate principal amount of all of its and its Subsidiaries’ outstanding Unsecured Debt determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Existence

Except as permitted under “—Merger, consolidation or sale,” the operating partnership will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises, and the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises. However, neither the operating partnership nor the Company will be required to preserve any right or franchise if the Company’s board of

S-32

directors (or an authorized committee of such board of directors) determines that the preservation of the right or franchise is no longer desirable in the conduct of the operating partnership’s or the Company’s business, as the case may be.

Maintenance of properties

The indenture will provide that the operating partnership will cause all of its properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or any of its Subsidiaries’ business to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order, normal wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted, and supplied with all necessary equipment and cause all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements to be made, all as in the Company’s judgment may be necessary in order for the operating partnership to at all times properly and advantageously conduct its business carried on in connection with such properties. The operating partnership and the Company will not be prevented from (1) removing permanently any property that has been condemned or suffered a casualty loss, if it is in our best interests, (2) discontinuing maintenance or operation of any property if, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, such removal is in the best interest of the Company and is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the holders of the notes, or (3) selling or otherwise disposing for value its properties in the ordinary course of business consistent with the terms of the indenture.

Insurance

The indenture will provide that the operating partnership will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep in force upon all of its and each of its Subsidiaries’ properties and operations insurance policies carried with responsible companies in such amounts and covering all such risks as is customary in the industry in which the operating partnership and its Subsidiaries do business in accordance with prevailing market conditions and availability.

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

The indenture will provide that the operating partnership and the Company will each pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged before it becomes delinquent:

• all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed on each of them or any of their respective Subsidiaries or on their respective or any such Subsidiary’s income, profits or property; and

• all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon their respective property or the property of any of their respective Subsidiaries.

However, neither the operating partnership nor the Company will be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith.

Provision of Financial Information

The indenture will provide that the operating partnership and the Company will:

• file with or deliver to the trustee, within 15 days after the operating partnership or the Company files them with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and information, documents and other reports which the operating partnership or the Company may be required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if the operating partnership or the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to those Sections, then the operating partnership and the Company will file with or deliver to the trustee and the SEC, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC, such of the supplementary and periodic

S-33

• information, documents and reports which Section 13 of the Exchange Act may require with respect to a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange, and within the time periods otherwise required by the rules and regulations of the SEC; and

• file with or deliver to the trustee and the SEC, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the operating partnership and the Company with the conditions and covenants of the indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if permitted by the SEC, the operating partnership may satisfy its obligation to furnish the reports described above by furnishing such reports filed by the Company.

Reports, information and documents filed with the SEC via the EDGAR system will be deemed to be delivered to the trustee as of the time of such filing via EDGAR for purposes of this covenant; provided, however, that the trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been filed via EDGAR. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the trustee is for informational purposes only and the trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including its compliance with any of its covenants relating to the notes (as to which the trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an officers’ certificate).

Calculations in respect of the notes

Except as explicitly specified otherwise herein, the operating partnership will be responsible for making all calculations required under the notes. The operating partnership will make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error; our calculations will be final and binding on holders of the notes. The operating partnership will provide a schedule of our calculations to the trustee, and the trustee is entitled to rely upon the accuracy of our calculations without independent verification. The trustee will forward our calculations to any holder of notes upon request.

Guarantee

The Company will fully and unconditionally guarantee the operating partnership’s obligations under the notes, including the due and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the notes, whether at stated maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise. The guarantee will be a senior unsecured obligation of the Company and will rank equally in right of payment with other senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Company has no material assets other than its investment in the operating partnership. None of our subsidiaries will guarantee our obligations under the notes offered hereby.

Merger, consolidation or sale

The indenture will provide that the operating partnership or the Company may consolidate with, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of our or its assets to, or merge with or into, any other entity, provided that the following conditions are met:

• the operating partnership or the Company, as the case may be, shall be the continuing entity, or the successor entity (if other than the operating partnership or the Company, as the case may be) formed by or resulting from any consolidation or merger or which shall have received the transfer of assets shall be domiciled in the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume payment of the principal of and interest on all of the notes and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions in the indenture;

S-34

• immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Event of Default under the indenture, and no event which, after notice or the lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and

• an officers’ certificate and legal opinion covering these conditions shall be delivered to the trustee.

In the event of any transaction described in and complying with the conditions listed in the immediately preceding paragraph in which the operating partnership and/or the Company are not the continuing entity, the successor person formed or remaining shall succeed, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of ours, and the operating partnership and/or the Company shall be discharged from our obligations under the notes and the indenture.

Events of default

The indenture provides that the following events are “Events of Default” with respect to the notes:

• default for 30 days in the payment of any installment of interest under the notes;

• default in the payment of the principal amount or redemption price due with respect to the notes, when the same becomes due and payable; provided, however, that a valid extension of the maturity of the notes in accordance with the terms of the indenture shall not constitute a default in the payment of principal;

• the operating partnership’s failure to comply with any of our other agreements in the notes or the indenture upon receipt by the operating partnership of notice of such default by the trustee or by holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding and the operating partnership’s failure to cure (or obtain a waiver of) such default within 60 days after it receives such notice;

• failure to pay any Debt (other than Non-Recourse Debt) for money borrowed by the operating partnership or the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an outstanding principal amount in excess of $50.0 million at final maturity or upon acceleration after the expiration of any applicable grace period, which Debt (other than Non-Recourse Debt) is not discharged, or such default in payment or acceleration is not cured or rescinded, within 30 days after written notice to the operating partnership or the Company from the trustee (or to the operating partnership and the trustee from holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes); or

• certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, court appointment of a receiver, liquidator or trustee of the operating partnership, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of their respective property, or commencement of an involuntary case or other proceeding against the operating partnership, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the operating partnership, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law (which involuntary case or other proceeding remains undismissed and unstayed for 30 days).

If an Event of Default under the indenture with respect to the notes occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of Default specified in the last bullet above, which shall result in an automatic acceleration), then in every case the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes may declare the principal amount of all of the notes to be due and payable immediately by written notice thereof to us (and to the trustee if given by the holders). However, at any time after the declaration of acceleration with respect to the notes has been made, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the trustee, the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of outstanding notes may waive all defaults or Events of Default and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of accelerated principal of (or specified portion thereof) or interest on the notes have been cured or waived as provided in the indenture.

S-35

The indenture also provides that the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes may waive any past default with respect to the notes and its consequences, except a default:

• in the payment of the principal of or interest on the notes, unless such default has been cured and we or the Company shall have deposited with the trustee all required payments of the principal of and interest on the notes; or

• in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the indenture that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding note affected thereby.

The trustee will be required to give notice to the holders of the notes of a default under the indenture unless the default has been cured or waived within 90 days after a responsible officer of the trustee has actual knowledge of such default; provided, however, that the trustee may withhold notice to the holders of the notes of any default with respect to the notes (except a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on the notes) if specified responsible officers of the trustee consider the withholding to be in the interest of the holders.

The indenture provides that no holders of the notes may institute any proceedings, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the indenture or for any remedy thereunder, except in the case of failure of the trustee, for 60 days, to act after it has received a written request to institute proceedings in respect of an Event of Default from the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes, as well as an offer of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the trustee. This provision will not prevent, however, any holder of the notes from instituting suit for the enforcement of payment of the principal of and interest on the notes at the respective due dates thereof.

Subject to provisions in the indenture relating to its duties in case of default, the trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any holders of the notes then outstanding under the indenture, unless the holders shall have offered to the trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it. Subject to certain rights of the trustee, the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes (or of all notes then outstanding under the indenture, as the case may be) shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee, or of exercising any trust or power conferred upon the trustee. However, the trustee may refuse to follow any direction which is in conflict with any law or the indenture, or which may be unduly prejudicial to the holders of the notes not joining therein.

Within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, the operating partnership and the Company must deliver a certificate of an officer certifying to the trustee whether or not the officer has knowledge of any default under the indenture and, if so, specifying each default and the nature and status thereof.

Defeasance

The operating partnership may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Company discharged with respect to the outstanding notes and guarantee, or Legal Defeasance. Legal Defeasance means that the operating partnership and the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding notes and guarantee, and to have satisfied all other obligations under such notes, the guarantee and the indenture, except as to:

• the rights of holders of outstanding notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, on, such notes when such payments are due from the trust funds referred to below;

• the operating partnership’s obligations with respect to such notes concerning exchange and registration of transfer of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes, issuing temporary notes, and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

• the rights, powers, trust, duties, and immunities of the trustee, and the operating partnership’s and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and

• the Legal Defeasance provisions of the indenture.

S-36

In addition, the operating partnership may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Company released with respect to certain covenants under the indenture, including the covenants listed under “—Certain covenants” above, as described in the indenture, or Covenant Defeasance, and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a default or an Event of Default. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain Events of Default (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) will no longer apply. Except as specified herein, however, the remainder of the indenture and such notes and guarantee will be unaffected by the occurrence of Covenant Defeasance, and the notes will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes under the indenture other than for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with any of the defeased covenants.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

• the operating partnership must irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable government securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and interest on, the outstanding notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the redemption date of the notes, as the case may be, and the operating partnership must specify whether the notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

• in the case of Legal Defeasance, the operating partnership must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel confirming that:

• the operating partnership has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) a ruling, or

• since the date of the indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

• in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the operating partnership must deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel confirming that the holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

• no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced), and the granting of liens to secure such borrowings);

• such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the indenture and the agreements governing any other indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced) to which we or the Company is a party or by which the operating partnership or the Company is bound;

• solely in the case of Legal Defeasance, no Event of Default arising from specified events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the operating partnership, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or default which with notice or lapse of time both would become such an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit;

S-37

• the operating partnership must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the operating partnership or the Company with the intent of preferring the holders of the notes over their other creditors with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any of their creditors or others; and

• the operating partnership must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Satisfaction and discharge

The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of transfer or exchange of the notes, as expressly provided for in the indenture) as to all outstanding notes when:

• either:

• all the notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to us) have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or

• all notes not theretofore delivered to the trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable at their maturity within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year, and the operating partnership has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the trustee or the paying agent (other than us or any of our affiliates), as applicable, as trust funds in trust cash or noncallable U.S. government obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such notes not theretofore delivered to the trustee for cancellation, for principal and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of notes which have become due and payable) or to the maturity date or redemption date, as the case may be; provided, however, that there shall not exist, on the date of such deposit, a default or Event of Default; provided, further, that such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the operating partnership is a party or to which the operating partnership is bound;

• the operating partnership has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under the indenture by the operating partnership; and

• the operating partnership has delivered to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the indenture have been complied with.

Modification, waiver and meetings

Modifications and amendments of, and supplements to, the indenture (other than certain modifications, supplements and amendments for administrative purposes or for the benefit of holders, in each case as further described below) will be permitted to be made only with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of all outstanding notes; provided, however, that no modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each note affected thereby:

• change the stated maturity of the principal of or any installment of interest on the notes issued under such indenture, reduce the principal amount of, or the rate or amount of interest on, or any premium payable on redemption of, the notes, or adversely affect any right of repayment of the holder of the notes, change the place of payment, or the coin or currency, for payment of principal of or interest on any note or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the notes;

S-38

• reduce the above-stated percentage of outstanding notes necessary to modify or amend the indenture, to waive compliance with certain provisions thereof or certain defaults and consequences thereunder or to reduce the quorum or change voting requirements set forth in the indenture;

• modify or affect in any manner adverse to the holders the terms and conditions of our obligations in respect of the payment of principal and interest;

• release the Company from its guarantee other than as provided in the indenture or modify the guarantee in any manner adverse to the holders; or

• modify any of the foregoing provisions or any of the provisions relating to the waiver of certain past defaults or certain covenants, except to increase the required percentage to effect the action or to provide that certain other provisions may not be modified or waived without the consent of the holders of the notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, modifications and amendments of the indenture will be permitted to be made by the operating partnership, the Company and the trustee without the consent of any holder of the notes for any of the following purposes:

• to evidence a successor to us as obligor or the Company as guarantor under the indenture;

• to add to our covenants or those of the Company for the benefit of the holders of the notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon us or the Company in the indenture;

• to add Events of Default for the benefit of the holders of the notes;

• to amend or supplement any provisions of the indenture; provided, that no amendment or supplement shall materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of any notes then outstanding;

• to secure the notes;

• to provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee or facilitate the administration of the trusts under the indenture by more than one trustee;

• to provide for rights of holders of the notes if any consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of our property or assets occurs;

• to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the indenture; provided, that the action shall not adversely affect the interests of holders of the notes in any material respect;

• to provide for the issuance of additional notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the indenture;

• to supplement any of the provisions of the indenture to the extent necessary to permit or facilitate defeasance and discharge of any series of the notes; provided, that the action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the notes in any material respect;

• to make any amendment to the provisions of the indenture relating to the transfer and legending of notes; provided, however, that such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer notes;

• to comply with any requirement of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

• to add additional guarantors for the benefit of holders of the notes; or

• to conform the text of the indenture, any guarantee or the notes to any provision of this “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the indenture, such guarantee or the notes.

S-39

In addition, without the consent of any holder of the notes, the Company, or a subsidiary thereof, may directly assume the due and punctual payment of the principal of, any premium and interest on all the notes and the performance of every covenant of the indenture on our part to be performed or observed. Upon any assumption, the Company or such subsidiary shall succeed us, and be substituted for and may exercise every right and power of ours, under the indenture with the same effect as if the Company or such subsidiary had been the issuer of the notes, and the operating partnership shall be released from all obligations and covenants with respect to the notes. No assumption shall be permitted unless the Company has delivered to the trustee (1) an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, stating, among other things, that the guarantee and all other covenants of the Company in the indenture remain in full force and effect and (2) an opinion of counsel that the holders of the notes shall have no materially adverse U.S. federal tax consequences as a result of the assumption, and that, if any notes are then listed on the New York Stock Exchange, that the notes shall not be delisted as a result of the assumption.

In determining whether the holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver thereunder or whether a quorum is present at a meeting of holders of the notes, the indenture provides that notes owned by us or any other obligor upon the notes or any of our affiliates or of the other obligor shall be disregarded.

The indenture contains provisions for convening meetings of the holders of the notes. A meeting will be permitted to be called at any time by the trustee, and also, upon request, by the operating partnership, the Company or the holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding notes, in any case upon notice given as provided in the indenture. Except for any consent that must be given by the holder of each note affected by certain modifications and amendments of the indenture, any action to be taken, or resolution presented, at a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present will be permitted to be taken or adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes; provided, however, that, except as referred to above, any action to be taken or resolution with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action that may be made, given or taken by the holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the outstanding notes may be taken or adopted at a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present by the affirmative vote of the holders of the specified percentage in principal amount of the outstanding notes. Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of holders of the notes duly held in accordance with the indenture will be binding on all holders of the notes. The quorum at any meeting called to adopt a resolution, and at any adjourned meeting duly reconvened, will be holders holding or representing a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at the meeting with respect to a consent or waiver which may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the outstanding notes, holders holding or representing the specified percentage in principal amount of the outstanding notes will constitute a quorum.

Trustee

U.S. Bank National Association will initially act as the trustee, registrar and paying agent for the notes, subject to replacement at the operating partnership’s option as provided in the indenture.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be required to use the same degree of care and skill a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of its own affairs. The trustee will become obligated to exercise any of its powers under the indenture at the request of any of the holders of the required percentage under the indenture of holders of the notes only after those holders have offered the trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it.

If the trustee becomes one of our creditors, it will be subject to limitations on its rights to obtain payment of claims or to realize on some property received for any such claim, as security or otherwise. The trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions with the operating partnership. If, however, it acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate that conflict or resign.

S-40

No conversion or exchange rights

The notes will not be convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of beneficial interest of the operating partnership or the Company.

No personal liability of trustees, officers, employees and shareholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, shareholder or limited partner of the operating partnership or the Company, as such, will have any liability for any of our obligations or those of the Company under the notes, the indenture, any guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Book-entry, delivery and form

The notes will be issued in the form of one or more fully registered global securities, or Global Notes that will be deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depositary Trust Company, or DTC, and registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co. The Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for definitive notes in registered certificated form, or Certificated Notes, except in the limited circumstances described below. See “—Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes.”

Investors may elect to hold their interest in the Global Notes through either DTC, Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or Clearstream, or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., Euroclear, if they are participants in these systems, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in these systems. Clearstream and Euroclear will hold interests on behalf of their participants though customers’ securities accounts in Clearstream and Euroclear’s names on the books of their respective depositaries, which in turn will hold interests in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC. Those interests held through Clearstream or Euroclear may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems.

Depository procedures

The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream is provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement system and are subject to changes by them. Neither the Company nor the operating partnership takes responsibility for these operations and procedures and investors are urged to contact the system or their participants directly to discuss these matters.

DTC has advised the operating partnership that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the “Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between the Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the “Indirect Participants”). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.

DTC has also advised the operating partnership that, pursuant to procedures established by it:

(1) upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of the Participants designated by the underwriters with portions of the principal amount of the Global Notes; and

S-41

(2) ownership of these interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interest in the Global Notes).

Investors in the Global Notes who are Participants may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the Global Notes who are not Participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear and Clearstream) which are Participants. All interests in a Global Note, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems. The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of the Participants, which in turn act on behalf of the Indirect Participants, the ability of a person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

Except as described below, owners of interests in the Global Notes will not have notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or “holders” thereof under the indenture governing the notes for any purpose.

Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on, a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered holder under the indenture governing the notes. Under the terms of the indenture, the operating partnership, the Company and the trustee will treat the persons in whose names the notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners of the notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes.

Consequently, neither the operating partnership, the Company, the trustee nor any agent of any of them has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

(1) any aspect of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interest in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes; or

(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.

DTC has advised the operating partnership that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the trustee or us. Neither we nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of the Participants or the Indirect Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes, and we and the trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

If less than all of the Global Notes of a series are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each participant in such Global Notes to be redeemed.

DTC has advised the operating partnership that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the

S-42

notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the notes as to which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the notes for legended notes in certificated form, and to distribute such notes to its Participants.

Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes

A Global Note is exchangeable for Certificated Notes if:

(1) DTC (a) notifies the operating partnership that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the Global Notes or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, we fail to appoint a successor depository;

(2) the operating partnership, at its option, notifies the trustee in writing that the operating partnership elects to cause the issuance of the Certificated Notes; or

(3) upon request from DTC if there has occurred and is continuing a default or Event of Default with respect to the notes.

In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for Certificated Notes upon prior written notice given to the trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in Global Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depository (in accordance with its customary procedures).

Exchange of Certificated Notes for Global Notes

Certificated Notes may be exchanged for beneficial interests in Global Notes.

Same Day Settlement and Payment

The underwriters will settle the notes in immediately available funds. The operating partnership will make payments in respect of the notes represented by the Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC or its nominee. The operating partnership will make all payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, with respect to Certificated Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders of the Certificated Notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such holder’s registered address (or sent electronically in the case of global notes). The notes represented by the Global Notes are expected to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. The operating partnership expects that secondary trading in any Certificated Notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a Global Note from a Participant will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. DTC has advised the operating partnership that cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a Global Note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a Participant will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTC’s settlement date.

Notices

Except as otherwise provided in the indenture, notices to holders of the notes will be given by mail to the addresses of holders of the notes as they appear in the note register; provided that notices given to holders holding notes in book-entry form may be given through the facilities of DTC or any successor depository.

S-43

Governing law

The indenture, the notes and the guarantee will be, governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Definitions

As used in the indenture, the following terms have the respective meanings specified below:

“Acquired Debt” means Debt of a person:

• existing at the time such person is merged or consolidated with or into the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or becomes a Subsidiary of ours; or

• assumed by the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of assets from such person.

Acquired Debt shall be deemed to be incurred on the date the acquired person is merged or consolidated with or into the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or becomes a Subsidiary of the operating partnership or the date of the related acquisition, as the case may be.

“Annual Debt Service Charge” means, for any period, the Interest Expense of the operating partnership and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

“Consolidated Income Available for Debt Service” for any period means Consolidated Net Income of the operating partnership and its Subsidiaries for such period, plus amounts which have been deducted and minus amounts which have been added for, without duplication:

• Interest Expense;

• provision for taxes based on income;

• amortization of debt discount, premium and deferred financing costs;

• impairment losses and gains on sales or other dispositions of properties and other investments;

• non-cash compensation;

• real estate related depreciation and amortization;

• the effect of any non-recurring non-cash items;

• amortization of deferred charges;

• gains or losses on early extinguishment of debt; and

• acquisition expenses,

all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

“Consolidated Net Income” for any period means the amount of net income (or loss) of the operating partnership and its Subsidiaries for such period, excluding, without duplication:

• extraordinary items; and

• the portion of net income (but not losses) of the operating partnership and its Subsidiaries allocable to minority interests in unconsolidated persons to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by the operating partnership or one of its Subsidiaries,

S-44

all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

“Debt” means, with respect to any person, without duplication, any indebtedness of such person in respect of:

• borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments;

• indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned by such person, but only to the extent of the lesser of (a) the amount of indebtedness so secured and (b) the fair market value (determined in good faith by the board of directors of such person or, in the case of the operating partnership and a Subsidiary, by the Company’s board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof) of the property subject to such Lien;

• reimbursement obligations, contingent or otherwise, in connection with any letters of credit actually issued or amounts representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or

• any lease of property by such person as lessee which is required to be reflected on such person’s balance sheet as a finance lease in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles,

and also includes, to the extent not otherwise included, any non-contingent obligation of such person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise (other than for purposes of collection in the ordinary course of business), Debt of the types referred to above of another person (it being understood that Debt shall be deemed to be incurred by such person whenever such person shall create, assume, guarantee (on a non-contingent basis) or otherwise become liable in respect thereof); provided that the term “Debt” shall not include (x) Intercompany Debt (to the extent the corresponding intercompany receivable is not included in Total Assets), (y) Permitted Non-Recourse Guarantees of the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries until such time as they become primary obligations of, and payments are due and required to be made thereunder by, the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries and (z) for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of indebtedness under the fourth bullet point above, any lease of property by such person that is required to be reflected on such person’s balance sheet as an operating lease in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

“Intercompany Debt” means, as of any date, indebtedness and liabilities for borrowed money, secured or unsecured, to which the only parties are the Company, the operating partnership and any Subsidiary of either of them as of that date.

“Interest Expense” means, for any period of time, the aggregate amount of interest recorded in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles for such period of time by the operating partnership and its Subsidiaries, but excluding: (i) interest reserves funded from the proceeds of any loan, (ii) amortization of deferred financing costs, including gains or losses on early extinguishment of debt, (iii) prepayment penalties, (iv) non-cash swap ineffectiveness charges, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting and (vi) the interest component of any lease of property required to be reflected on the balance sheet of the operating partnership and its Subsidiaries as an operating lease in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles; and including, without duplication, effective interest in respect of original issue discount as determined in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, charge, pledge, security interest, security agreement, or other encumbrance securing Debt.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Debt of a Subsidiary of the operating partnership (or an entity in which the operating partnership is the general partner or managing member) that is directly or indirectly secured by real

S-45

estate assets or other real estate-related assets (including equity interests) of the Subsidiary of the operating partnership (or entity in which we are the general partner or managing member) that is the borrower and is non-recourse to the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (other than pursuant to a Permitted Non-Recourse Guarantee and other than with respect to the Subsidiary of the operating partnership (or entity in which the operating partnership is the general partner or managing member) that is the borrower); provided further that, if any such Debt is partially recourse to the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (other than pursuant to a Permitted Non-Recourse Guarantee and other than with respect to the Subsidiary of the operating partnership (or entity in which the operating partnership is the general partner or managing member) that is the borrower) and therefore does not meet the criteria set forth above, only the portion of such Debt that does meet the criteria set forth above shall constitute “Non-Recourse Debt”.

“Permitted Non-Recourse Guarantees” means customary completion or budget guarantees or indemnities (including by means of separate indemnification agreements and carve-out guarantees) provided under Non-Recourse Debt in the ordinary course of business by the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries in financing transactions that are directly or indirectly secured by real estate assets or other real estate-related assets (including equity interests) of a Subsidiary of the operating partnership (or an entity in which the operating partnership is the general partner or managing member), in each case that is the borrower in such financing, but is non-recourse to the operating partnership or any of its other Subsidiaries, except for customary completion or budget guarantees or indemnities (including by means of separate indemnification agreements or carve-out guarantees) as are consistent with customary industry practice (such as environmental indemnities and recourse triggers based on violation of transfer restrictions and other customary exceptions to nonrecourse liability).

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that meets either of the following conditions: (1) the Company and its other Subsidiaries’ investments in and advances to the Subsidiary exceed 10% of the Company and its Subsidiaries’ total assets consolidated (determined in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which a periodic report has been filed under the Exchange Act; or (2) the Company and its other Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of the total assets (after intercompany eliminations) of the Subsidiary exceeds 10% of the Company and its Subsidiaries’ total assets consolidated (determined in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles) as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which a periodic report has been filed under the Exchange Act.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to the operating partnership or the Company, any person (as defined in the indenture but excluding an individual), a majority of the outstanding voting stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other equity interest, as the case may be, of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the operating partnership or the Company, as the case may be, or by one or more other Subsidiaries of the operating partnership or the Company, as the case may be, and which is required to be consolidated with the operating partnership or the Company in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock having voting power for the election of directors, trustees or managers, as the case may be, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

“Total Assets” means the sum of, without duplication:

• Undepreciated Real Estate Assets; and

• all other assets (excluding accounts receivable and non-real estate intangibles) of the operating partnership and its Subsidiaries,

all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

“Total Unencumbered Assets” means the sum of, without duplication:

• those Undepreciated Real Estate Assets which are not subject to a Lien securing Debt; and

S-46

• all other assets (excluding accounts receivable and non-real estate intangibles) of the operating partnership and its Subsidiaries not subject to a Lien securing Debt;

all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that, in determining Total Unencumbered Assets as a percentage of outstanding Unsecured Debt for purposes of the covenant set forth above in “—Certain Covenants—Maintenance of unencumbered assets,” any investment in an unconsolidated limited partnership, unconsolidated limited liability company or other unconsolidated entity shall be excluded from Total Unencumbered Assets if any real estate asset owned by such unconsolidated limited partnership, unconsolidated limited liability company or other unconsolidated entity is subject to a Lien securing Debt.

“Undepreciated Real Estate Assets” means, as of any date, the cost (original cost plus capital improvements) of real estate assets, right-of-use assets associated with leases of property required to be reflected as finance leases on the balance sheet of the operating partnership and its Subsidiaries in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles and related intangibles of the operating partnership and its Subsidiaries on such date, before depreciation and amortization, all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that “Undepreciated Real Estate Assets” shall not include right-of-use assets associated with leases of property required to be reflected as operating leases on the balance sheet of the operating partnership and its Subsidiaries in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

“Unsecured Debt” means Debt of the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries which is not secured by a Lien on any property or assets of the operating partnership or any of its Subsidiaries.

S-47

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement dated as of the date of this prospectus supplement, the Company has agreed to sell to the underwriters and each of the underwriters have agreed to purchase from the Company the principal amount of     % senior notes due 20    set forth opposite its name below.

Underwriters	Principal Amount of 20       Notes
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC	$
BofA Securities, Inc.
Total	$

The underwriters have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, to purchase all of the principal amount of the notes if any of the notes are purchased.

The underwriters propose to offer the notes directly to the public at the applicable public offering price specified on the cover page to this prospectus supplement and may also offer the notes to certain dealers at the respective public offering prices less a concession not to exceed     % of the principal amount of the notes. The underwriters may allow, and these dealers may reallow, concession to certain brokers and dealers not to exceed     % of the principal amount of the notes. After the initial offering of the notes, the underwriters may change the public offering price and other selling terms. The offering of the notes by the Underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the Underwriters right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for listing of the notes on any securities exchange or for quotation of the notes on any automated dealer quotation system. The underwriters have advised us that they intend to make a market in the notes, but they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-making at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the notes or that an active public market for the notes will develop. If an active public trading market for the notes does not develop, the market price and liquidity of the notes may be adversely affected.

We estimate our expenses for this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, to be approximately $        , and will be payable by us.

We will agree with the underwriters not to, during the period from the date of the underwriting agreement until the expected delivery date upon which the notes will be made to investors, sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of any debt securities other than the notes, without the prior written consent of each of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and BofA Securities, Inc.

We will agree to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act or to contribute to payments which the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

In order to facilitate the offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the notes. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with the offering, creating short positions in the notes for their own accounts. In addition, to cover over-allotments or to stabilize the price of the notes, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, notes in the open market. The underwriters may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or dealer for distributing notes in the offering if the underwriters repurchase previously distributed notes in transactions to cover short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the notes above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time without notice.

S-48

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased notes sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of a security to the extent that it were to discourage resales of the security.

Neither we nor any underwriter makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the notes. In addition, neither we nor any underwriter makes any representation that the underwriters will engage in such transactions or that such transactions once commenced will not be discontinued without notice.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. Affiliates of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. are lenders under our revolving credit facility. As described above under “Use of Proceeds,” our operating partnership intends to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility. As such, these affiliates will receive their pro rata share of any such repaid amounts. The aggregate amount received by the underwriters and their affiliates, as applicable, from the repayment of borrowings will exceed 5% of the proceeds of this offering (not including the underwriting discount).

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates.

Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates that have a lending relationship with us routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. Typically, such underwriters and their affiliates would hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Affiliates of the underwriters in this offering are lenders under 5-year term loan due April 2020 and/or the revolving credit facility. To the extent that any net proceeds from this offering are applied to repay 5-year term loan due April 2020 and/or borrowings outstanding under and the revolving credit facility, such affiliates will receive their pro rata share of any such repaid amounts. See “Underwriting—Other Relationships” in this prospectus supplement.

Extended Settlement

We expect that delivery of the notes will be made to investors on or about                 , 2019, which will be the                business day following the date of this prospectus supplement (such settlement being referred to as “T+                ”). Under Rule 15c6-1 of the Exchange Act, trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in two business days unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, purchasers who wish to trade the notes on the date of pricing of the notes or the next                succeeding

S-49

business days will be required, by virtue of the fact that the notes initially will settle in T+                 , to specify an alternative settlement cycle at the time of any such trade to prevent failed settlement and should consult their own advisors.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

The notes are not intended to be offered, sold or otherwise made available to and should not be offered, sold or otherwise made available to any retail investor in the European Economic Area, or EEA. For these purposes, a retail investor means a person who is one (or more) of: (i) a retail client as defined in point (11) of Article 4(1) of Directive 2016/97/EU (as amended, “MiFID II”); or (ii) a customer within the meaning of Directive 2002/92/EC (as amended, the “Insurance Mediation Directive”), where that customer would not qualify as a professional client as defined in point (10) of Article 4(1) of MiFID II; or (iii) not a qualified investor as defined in Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended, the “Prospectus Directive”). Consequently no key information document required by Regulation (EU) No 1286/2014 (as amended, the “PRIIPs Regulation”) for offering or selling the notes or otherwise making them available to retail investors in the EEA has been prepared and therefore offering or selling the notes or otherwise making them available to any retail investor in the EEA may be unlawful under the PRIIPS Regulation. This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of notes in any Member State of the EEA will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of notes. This prospectus is not a prospectus for the purposes of the Prospectus Directive.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The notes have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the notes has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to notes which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

Each underwriter has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that it

S-50

has not offered or sold any notes or caused the notes to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any notes or cause the notes to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the notes, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the notes are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivative contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the notes pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(1) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

(2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

(3) where the transfer is by operation of law; or

(4) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, the issuer has determined, and hereby notifies all relevant persons (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018), that the notes are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA, as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended, or CISA, and accordingly the notes being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licenseable, with FINMA. Therefore, the notes have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the notes offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The notes may solely be offered to “qualified investors,” as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended, or CISO, such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the notes are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed

S-51

out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the notes on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

S-52

SUPPLEMENTAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

For a discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences regarding the Company, the operating partnership and holders of the notes, please see the information appearing under the heading “Federal Income Tax Considerations” in Item 8.01 of our Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 20, 2019 and the information in Exhibit 99.1 thereto, which supersedes, in its entirety, the discussion under the heading “Federal Income Tax Considerations” in the accompanying prospectus. Prospective investors in the notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income and other tax considerations to them of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the notes offered by this prospectus supplement.

S-53

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles, California, and for the underwriters by Hogan Lovells US LLP. Venable LLP will pass upon certain matters under Maryland law.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. appearing in Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.’s and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.’s Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2018, and the effectiveness of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon included therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. have filed a registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC in connection with this offering. In addition, Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any documents filed by Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Such filings are also available to the public through the SEC’s Web site www.sec.gov.

S-54

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. The incorporated documents contain significant information about us, our business and our finances. Any statement contained in a document that is incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is automatically updated and superseded if information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, or information that we later file with the SEC, modifies or replaces this information. We incorporate by reference the following documents we filed with the SEC:

• The Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. for the year ended December 31, 2018.

• The portions of the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. for the year ended December 31, 2018.

• The Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. filed with the SEC on May 7, 2019 and August 2, 2019.

• The Current Reports on Form 8-K of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., as applicable, filed with the SEC on February  20, 2019, February 26, 2019, February 27, 2019, March 19, 2019, April 5, 2019, May  28, 2019, June 3, 2019, June  12, 2019 and June 14, 2019.

• All documents filed by Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. or Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this prospectus supplement and prior to the termination of the offering of the underlying securities.

To the extent that any information contained in any current report on Form 8-K, or any exhibit thereto, was furnished to, rather than filed with, the SEC, such information or exhibit is specifically not incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We will provide without charge to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is delivered, on written or oral request of that person, a copy of any or all of the documents we are incorporating by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, other than exhibits to those documents, unless those exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into those documents. A written request should be addressed to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., 11601 Wilshire Blvd., Ninth Floor, Los Angeles, California 90025, Attention: General Counsel.

S-55

PROSPECTUS

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Common Stock,

Preferred Stock,

Depositary Shares,

Warrants,

Purchase Contracts,

Rights,

Units and Guarantees

Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.

Debt Securities

We may offer and sell the securities identified above, and the selling securityholders may offer and sell common stock, in each case from time to time in one or more offerings. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling securityholders.

Each time we or any of the selling securityholders offer and sell securities, we or such selling securityholders will provide a supplement to this prospectus that contains specific information about the offering and, if applicable, the selling securityholders, as well as the amounts, prices and terms of the securities. The supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus with respect to that offering. You should carefully read this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement before you invest in any of our securities.

The specific terms of each series or class of the securities will be set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement and may include limitations on actual or constructive ownership and restrictions on transfer of the securities, in each case as may be appropriate to preserve the status of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, for U.S. federal income purposes. The applicable prospectus supplement will also contain information, where applicable, about certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to, and any listing on a securities exchange of, the securities covered by such prospectus supplement.

We may offer and sell the securities described in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement to or through one or more underwriters, dealers and agents, or directly to purchasers, or through a combination of these methods. In addition, the selling securityholders may offer and sell shares of our common stock from time to time, together or separately. If any underwriters, dealers or agents are involved in the sale of any of the securities, their names and any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between or among them will be set forth, or will be calculable from the information set forth, in the applicable prospectus supplement. See the sections of this prospectus entitled “About this Prospectus” and “Plan of Distribution” for more information. No securities may be sold without delivery of this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of such securities.

INVESTING IN OUR SECURITIES INVOLVES RISKS. SEE THE “RISK FACTORS” ON PAGE 5 OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND ANY SIMILAR SECTION CONTAINED IN THE APPLICABLE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT CONCERNING FACTORS YOU SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE INVESTING IN OUR SECURITIES.

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, under the symbol “HPP.” On March 14, 2018, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the NYSE was $32.47 per share.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is March 15, 2018.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS	1
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	2
THE COMPANY	4
RISK FACTORS	5
USE OF PROCEEDS	6
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS	7
DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES AND RELATED GUARANTEES	8
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK	17
DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK	19
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER SECURITIES	22
RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER	23
DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.	27
MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS	38
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS	45
GLOBAL SECURITIES	72
SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS	75
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION	76
LEGAL MATTERS	77
EXPERTS	77

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the Securities and Exchange Commission, as a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, using a “shelf” registration process. By using a shelf registration statement, we may sell securities (including guarantees of debt securities sold by our operating partnership) from time to time and in one or more offerings and the selling securityholders to be named in a supplement to this prospectus may, from time to time, sell common stock from time to time in one or more offerings as described in this prospectus. Each time that we or the selling securityholders offer and sell securities, we or the selling securityholders will provide a prospectus supplement to this prospectus that contains specific information about the securities being offered and sold and the specific terms of that offering. We may also authorize one or more free writing prospectuses to be provided to you that may contain material information relating to these offerings. The prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus with respect to that offering. If there is any inconsistency between the information in this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus, you should rely on the prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus, as applicable. Before purchasing any securities, you should carefully read both this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement (and any applicable free writing prospectuses), together with the additional information described under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

Neither we, nor the selling securityholders, have authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We and the selling securityholders will not make an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement to this prospectus is accurate as of the date on its respective cover, and that any information incorporated by reference is accurate only as of the date of the document incorporated by reference, unless we indicate otherwise. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

References to the “Company” or the “guarantor” refer to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation. References to “our operating partnership” or “the operating partnership” refer to Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership, of which the Company is the general partner. When we refer to “we,” “our,” “us” and “our company,” we mean the Company, our operating partnership and any of our other subsidiaries, unless otherwise specified. When we refer to “you,” we mean the holders of the applicable series of securities.

1

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Available Information

The Company and the operating partnership file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by us can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. Further information on the operation of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. can be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information about issuers, such as us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that web site is http://www.sec.gov.

Our web site address is www.hudsonpacificproperties.com. The information on our web site, however, is not, and shall not be deemed to be, a part of this prospectus.

This prospectus and any prospectus supplement are part of a registration statement that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not contain all of the information in the registration statement. The full registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or us, as provided below. Other documents establishing the terms of the offered securities are or may be filed as exhibits to the registration statement. Statements in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement about these documents are summaries and each statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. You should refer to the actual documents for a more complete description of the relevant matters. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. or through the Securities and Exchange Commission’s web site, as provided above.

Incorporation by Reference

The Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules allow us to “incorporate by reference” information into this prospectus, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this prospectus, and subsequent information that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission will automatically update and supersede that information. Any statement contained in a previously filed document incorporated by reference will be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in this prospectus modifies or replaces that statement.

We incorporate by reference our documents listed below and any future filings made by Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, between the date of this prospectus and the termination of the offering of the securities described in this prospectus. We are not, however, incorporating by reference any documents or portions thereof, whether specifically listed below or filed in the future, that are not deemed “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our Compensation Committee report and performance graph or any information furnished pursuant to Items 2.02 or 7.01 of Form 8-K or related exhibits furnished pursuant to Item 9.01 of Form 8-K.

This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement incorporate by reference the documents set forth below that have previously been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission:

• The Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. for the year ended December 31, 2017.

2

• The portions of the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April  10, 2017, incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. for the year ended December 31, 2016.

• The description of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.’s common stock contained in the registration statement on Form 8-A of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 21, 2010 and any amendment or report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of updating the description.

All reports and other documents Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. or Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. subsequently files pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act prior to the termination of this offering but excluding any information furnished to, rather than filed with, the Securities and Exchange Commission, will also be incorporated by reference into this prospectus and deemed to be part of this prospectus from the date of the filing of such reports and documents.

You may request a free copy of any of the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus (other than exhibits, unless they are specifically incorporated by reference in the documents) by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Ninth Floor, Los Angeles, California 90025

Attention: General Counsel

(310) 445-5700

Exhibits to the filings will not be sent, however, unless those exhibits have specifically been incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement.

3

THE COMPANY

We are a vertically integrated real estate company focused on acquiring, repositioning, developing and operating high-quality office and state-of-the-art media and entertainment properties in high-growth, high-barrier-to-entry submarkets throughout Northern and Southern California and the Pacific Northwest. We invest across the risk-return spectrum, favoring opportunities where we can employ leasing, capital investment and management expertise to create additional value.

As of December 31, 2017, our portfolio included office properties, comprising an aggregate of approximately 13.3 million square feet, and media and entertainment properties, comprising approximately 1.2 million square feet of sound-stage, office and supporting production facilities. We also own undeveloped density rights for approximately 3.0 million square feet of future office and residential space.

The Company is a Maryland corporation that was formed on November 9, 2009, and has elected to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with its taxable year ended December 31, 2010. The Company believes that it has operated in a manner that has allowed it to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with such taxable year, and intends to continue operating in such a manner. The Company conducts substantially all of its business through the operating partnership, of which it serves as the sole general partner.

Our principal executive offices are located at 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Ninth Floor, Los Angeles, California 90025, and our telephone number is (310) 445-5700. Our web site address is www.hudsonpacificproperties.com. The information on, or otherwise accessible through, our web site does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

4

RISK FACTORS

Investment in any securities offered pursuant to this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement involves risks. Before acquiring any of such securities, you should carefully consider the risk factors incorporated by reference into the most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., and any subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q or Current Reports on Form 8-K that Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. or Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. files after the date of this prospectus, and all other information contained or incorporated by reference into this prospectus, as updated by any subsequent filings under the Exchange Act, as well as the risk factors and other information contained or incorporated by reference in the applicable prospectus supplement. The occurrence of any of these risks might cause you to lose all or part of your investment in the offered securities.

5

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of the securities as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling securityholders.

6

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

The following table sets forth the Company’s ratios of earnings to fixed charges and earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred dividends for the periods indicated.

	Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.
	Historical Consolidated Year Ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015		2014		2013
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges		1.70x		1.25x				1.49x
Deficiency (in thousands)		—		—	$	28,661		—	$	3,781
Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends		1.70x		1.25x				1.09x
Deficiency (in thousands)		—		—	$	46,100		—	$	15,925

The Company’s ratios of earnings to fixed charges are computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges. The Company’s ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred dividends are computed by dividing earnings by the sum of fixed charges and preferred dividends. For these purposes, “earnings” consist of pretax income (loss) from continuing operations before adjustment for equity investees (i.e., pretax income excluding the effects of income or loss from equity investees and discontinued operations), plus fixed charges, amortization of capitalized interest, and distributed income of equity investees, less interest capitalized and less noncontrolling interest in pretax income of subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges. Pretax income (loss) from continuing operations is computed in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and includes such non-cash items as real estate depreciation and amortization, amortization of above (below) market rents, and amortization of deferred financing costs and loan premium. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense, capitalized interest and amortization of deferred financing fees and loan premium, whether expensed or capitalized, interest within rental expense and preference security dividend requirements of our operating partnership’s series A preferred units. Interest income is not included in this computation. “Preferred dividends” consist of the amount of pretax earnings required to pay dividends on the 8.375% series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company, or the series B preferred stock, for the periods during which it was outstanding. The series B preferred stock was redeemed in December 2015.

The following table sets forth our operating partnerships’ historical ratios of earnings to fixed charges for the periods indicated.

	Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.
	Historical Consolidated Year Ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2015		2014		2013
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges		1.71x		1.26x				1.51x
Deficiency (in thousands)		—		—	$	28,025		—	$	3,032

Our operating partnership’s ratios of earnings to fixed charges are computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges. For these purposes, “earnings” consist of pretax income (loss) from continuing operations before adjustment for equity investees (i.e., pretax income excluding the effects of income or loss from equity investees and discontinued operations), plus fixed charges, amortization of capitalized interest, and distributed income of equity investees, less interest capitalized and less noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges. Pretax income (loss) from continuing operations is computed in accordance with GAAP and includes such non-cash items as real estate depreciation and amortization, amortization of above (below) market rents, and amortization of deferred financing costs and loan premium. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense, capitalized interest and amortization of deferred financing fees and loan premium/discount, whether expensed or capitalized, and interest within rental expense. Interest income is not included in this computation.

7

DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES AND RELATED GUARANTEES

The following description, together with the additional information we include in any applicable prospectus supplement, summarizes certain general terms and provisions of our operating partnership’s debt securities and related guarantees by the Company, if any, that we may offer under this prospectus. When our operating partnership offers to sell a particular series of debt securities, we will describe the specific terms of the series in a supplement to this prospectus, including the terms of any related guarantees. We will also indicate in the prospectus supplement to what extent the general terms and provisions described in this prospectus apply to a particular series of debt securities. To the extent the information contained in the prospectus supplement differs from this summary description, you should rely on the information in the prospectus supplement.

Debt securities may be our operating partnership’s senior, senior subordinated or subordinated obligations and, unless otherwise specified in a supplement to this prospectus, the debt securities will be the direct, unsecured obligations of our operating partnership and may be issued in one or more series.

Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, the debt securities will be issued under an indenture among our operating partnership, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. We have summarized select portions of the indenture below. The summary is not complete. We have filed the indenture as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and you should read the indenture and debt securities carefully for provisions that may be important to you. Capitalized terms used in the summary and not defined in this prospectus have the meanings specified in the indenture.

General

The terms of each series of debt securities will be established by the Company, as the sole general partner of our operating partnership, by or pursuant to a resolution of the board of directors of the Company and set forth or determined in the manner provided in such resolutions, in an officer’s certificate or by a supplemental indenture. The particular terms of each series of debt securities will be described in a prospectus supplement relating to such series, including any pricing supplement or term sheet.

Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, the indenture will designate U.S. Bank National Association as the trustee for the indenture with respect to one or more series of our operating partnership’s debt securities and related guarantees by the Company, if any. U.S. Bank National Association, or any other specified trustee, may resign or be removed with respect to one or more series of our debt securities, and a successor trustee may be appointed to act with respect to that series.

Unless otherwise specified in a supplement to this prospectus, the debt securities will be the direct, unsecured obligations of our operating partnership and may be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company. Our operating partnership can issue an unlimited amount of debt securities under the indenture that may be in one or more series with the same or various maturities, at par, at a premium, or at a discount. We will set forth in a prospectus supplement, including any pricing supplement or term sheet, relating to any series of debt securities being offered, the aggregate principal amount and the following terms of the debt securities, to the extent applicable:

• the title and ranking of the debt securities (including the terms of any subordination provisions),

• the price or prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) at which we will sell the debt securities,

• any limit on the aggregate principal amount of the debt securities,

• the date or dates on which the principal on the debt securities is payable,

• the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) per annum or the method used to determine the rate or rates (including any commodity, commodity index, stock exchange index or financial index) at

8

which the debt securities will bear interest, the date or dates from which interest will accrue, the date or dates on which interest will commence and be payable and any regular record date for the interest payable on any interest payment date,

• the place or places where principal of, and any premium and interest on, the debt securities will be payable, the method of such payment, where debt securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to us relating to the debt securities may be delivered,

• the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which we may redeem the debt securities,

• any obligation we have to redeem or purchase the debt securities pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a holder of debt securities and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which the debt securities shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation,

• the dates on which and the price or prices at which we will repurchase debt securities at the option of the holders of debt securities and other detailed terms and provisions of these repurchase obligations,

• the denominations in which the debt securities will be issued, if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof,

• whether the debt securities will be issued in the form of certificated debt securities or global debt securities,

• the portion of principal amount of the debt securities payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity date, if other than the principal amount,

• the currency of denomination of the debt securities, which may be U.S. dollars or any foreign currency, and if such currency of denomination is a composite currency, the agency or organization, if any, responsible for overseeing such composite currency,

• the designation of the currency, currencies or currency units in which payment of principal of, and any premium and interest on, the debt securities will be made,

• if payments of principal of, or any premium or interest on, the debt securities will be made in one or more currencies or currency units other than that or those in which the debt securities are denominated, the manner in which the exchange rate with respect to these payments will be determined,

• the manner in which the amounts of payment of principal of, and any premium and interest on, the debt securities will be determined, if these amounts may be determined by reference to an index based on a currency or currencies other than that in which the debt securities are denominated or designated to be payable or by reference to a commodity, commodity index, stock exchange index or financial index,

• any provisions relating to any security provided for the debt securities,

• any addition to, deletion of or change in the Events of Default (as defined below) described in this prospectus or in the indenture with respect to the debt securities and any change in the acceleration provisions described in this prospectus or in the indenture with respect to the debt securities,

• any addition to, deletion of or change in the covenants described in this prospectus or in the indenture with respect to the debt securities,

• any other terms of the debt securities, which may supplement, modify or delete any provision of the indenture as it applies to that series, including any terms that may be required under applicable law or regulations or advisable in connection with the marketing of the securities,

• a discussion of any additional material United States federal income tax considerations applicable to an investment in the debt securities,

9

• any depositaries, interest rate calculation agents, exchange rate calculation agents or other agents with respect to the debt securities,

• whether the debt securities are exchangeable for, or convertible into, any other securities,

• whether the debt securities will be senior debt securities or subordinated debt securities and, if applicable, a description of the subordination terms thereof, and

• whether the debt securities are entitled to the benefits of the guarantee of any guarantor, and whether any such guarantee is made on a senior or subordinated basis and, if applicable, a description of the subordination terms of any such guarantee.

Our operating partnership may issue debt securities that provide for an amount less than their stated principal amount to be due and payable upon declaration of acceleration of their maturity pursuant to the terms of the indenture. We will provide you with information on the other special considerations applicable to any of these debt securities in the applicable prospectus supplement.

If our operating partnership denominates the purchase price of any of the debt securities in a foreign currency or currencies or a foreign currency unit or units, or if the principal of, and any premium and interest on, any series of debt securities is payable in a foreign currency or currencies or a foreign currency unit or units, we will provide you with information on the restrictions, elections, general tax considerations, specific terms and other information with respect to that issue of debt securities and such foreign currency or currencies or foreign currency unit or units in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Transfer and Exchange

Each debt security will be represented by either one or more global securities registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, or the Depositary or DTC, or a nominee of the Depositary (we will refer to any debt security represented by a global debt security as a “book-entry debt security”), or a certificate issued in definitive registered form (we will refer to any debt security represented by a certificated security as a “certificated debt security”) as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. Except as otherwise set forth in this prospectus or the applicable prospectus supplement, book-entry debt securities will not be issuable in certificated form.

Certificated Debt Securities. You may transfer or exchange certificated debt securities at any office we maintain for this purpose in accordance with the terms of the indenture. No service charge will be made for any transfer or exchange of certificated debt securities, but we may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection with a transfer or exchange.

You may effect the transfer of certificated debt securities and the right to receive the principal of, and any premium and interest on, certificated debt securities only by surrendering the certificate representing those certificated debt securities and either reissuance by us or the trustee of the certificate to the new holder or the issuance by us or the trustee of a new certificate to the new holder.

Global Debt Securities and Book-Entry System. Each global debt security representing book-entry debt securities will be deposited with, or on behalf of, the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary.

No Protection in the Event of a Change of Control

Unless we state otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the debt securities will not contain any provisions that may afford holders of the debt securities protection in the event we have a change in control or in the event of a highly leveraged transaction (whether or not such transaction results in a change in control) that could adversely affect holders of debt securities.

10

Covenants

We will set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement any restrictive covenants applicable to any issue of debt securities.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale

Our operating partnership may not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its properties and assets to, any person , (such person, a successor person), unless:

(1) our operating partnership is the surviving entity or the successor person (if other than our operating partnership) is a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity organized and validly existing under the laws of any U.S. domestic jurisdiction and expressly assumes our operating partnership’s obligations on the debt securities or under the indenture;

(2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing; and

(3) if our operating partnership is not the successor person, then each guarantor of the debt securities, unless it has become the successor person, confirms that its guarantee will continue to apply to the obligations under the debt securities and the indenture to the same extent as prior to such merger, conveyance, transfer or lease, as applicable.

Our operating partnership must deliver to the trustee prior to the consummation of the proposed transaction an officers’ certificate to the foregoing effect and an opinion of counsel stating that the proposed transaction and any supplemental indenture comply with the indenture.

In the event of any transaction described in and complying with the conditions listed in the immediately preceding paragraphs in which our operating partnership and/or the Company are not the continuing entity, the successor person formed or remaining shall succeed, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of ours, and our operating partnership and/or the Company shall be discharged from our obligations under the debt securities and the indenture.

Events of Default

The following events constitute Events of Default, unless otherwise provided by resolution of the board of directors, supplemental indenture or officer’s certificate:

(a) default in the payment of any interest on any debt security when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days (unless the entire amount of such payment is deposited by our operating partnership with the trustee or with a paying agent prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the 30th day of such period);

(b) default in the payment of principal of any debt security at maturity;

(c) default in the performance or breach of any covenant or warranty of our operating partnership under the indenture (other than defaults pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above or pursuant to a covenant or warranty that has been included in the indenture solely for the benefit of a series of securities other than that series), which default continues uncured for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to our operating partnership by the trustee or to our operating partnership and the trustee by the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a notice of default;

(d) our operating partnership, pursuant to or within the meaning of any bankruptcy law, (i) commences a voluntary case, (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

11

(iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (v) generally is unable to pay its debts as the same become due; or

(e) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any bankruptcy law that: (i) is for relief against our operating partnership in an involuntary case, (ii) appoints a custodian of our operating partnership or for all or substantially all of its property, or (iii) orders the liquidation of our operating partnership, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

(f) any other Event of Default provided with respect to debt securities of that series, which is specified in a resolution of the board of directors, a supplemental indenture to the indenture or an officers’ certificate, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture.

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

No Event of Default with respect to a particular series of debt securities (except as to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization) necessarily constitutes an Event of Default with respect to any other series of debt securities. The occurrence of certain Events of Default or an acceleration under the indenture may constitute an event of default under certain of our or our subsidiaries’ indebtedness outstanding from time to time.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any Series at the time outstanding occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of Default referred to in provisions (d) or (e) above), then in every such case the trustee or the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series may declare the principal amount (or, if any securities of that series are discount securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such debt securities) of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the debt securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to our operating partnership (and to the trustee if given by holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in provisions (d) or (e) above will occur, the principal amount (or specified amount) of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all outstanding debt securities will ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holder of outstanding debt securities. At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to debt securities of any series has been made, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the trustee, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series may rescind and annul the acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of accelerated principal and interest, if any, with respect to debt securities of that series, have been cured or waived as provided in the indenture. We refer you to the prospectus supplement relating to any series of debt securities that are discount securities for the particular provisions relating to acceleration of a portion of the principal amount of such discount securities upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.

The indenture provides that the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture unless the trustee receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any cost, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in exercising such right or power. Subject to certain rights of the trustee, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee with respect to the debt securities of that series.

No holder of any debt security shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(a) such holder has previously given written notice to the trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the debt securities of;

12

(b) the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities have made written request to the trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as trustee;

(c) such holder or holders have offered to the trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by the trustee in compliance with such request;

(d) the trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

(e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the trustee during such 60-day period by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities.

Notwithstanding any other provision in the indenture, the holder of any debt security will have an absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and interest , if any, on, that debt security on or after the due dates expressed in that debt security and to institute suit for the enforcement of payment.

The indenture requires us, within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year, to furnish to the trustee a statement as to compliance with the indenture. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the debt securities of any series and if it is known to a responsible officer of the trustee, the trustee shall mail to each holder of the debt securities of that series notice of a Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. The indenture provides that the trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any series of any Default or Event of Default (except in payment on any debt securities of that series) with respect to debt securities of that series if the trustee determines in good faith that withholding notice is in the interest of the holders of those debt securities.

Defeasance of Debt Securities and Certain Covenants in Certain Circumstances

Legal Defeasance. The indenture provides that, unless otherwise provided by the terms of the applicable series of debt securities, we may be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the debt securities of any series (subject to certain exceptions). We will be so discharged upon the deposit with the trustee, in trust, of money and/or U.S. government obligations or, in the case of debt securities denominated in a single currency other than U.S. dollars, money and/or Foreign Government Obligations of the government that issued or caused to be issued such currency, that, through the payment of interest and principal in accordance with their terms, will provide money in an amount sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or investment bank to pay and discharge each installment of principal of and interest on, if any, and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of, the debt securities of that series on the stated maturity of those payments in accordance with the terms of the indenture and those debt securities.

This discharge may occur only if, among other things, we have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel stating that we have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, a ruling or, since the date of execution of the indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the holders of the debt securities of that series will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred.

Defeasance of Certain Covenants. The indenture provides that, unless otherwise provided by the terms of the applicable series of debt securities, upon compliance with certain conditions:

• we may omit to comply with the covenant described under the heading “Merger, Consolidation or Sale” and certain other covenants set forth in the indenture, as well as any additional covenants that may be set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement, and

13

• any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the debt securities of that series, or covenant defeasance.

The conditions include:

• depositing with the trustee money and/or U.S. government obligations or, in the case of debt securities denominated in a single currency other than U.S. dollars, money and/or Foreign Government Obligations of the government that issued or caused to be issued such currency, that, through the payment of interest and principal in accordance with their terms, will provide money in an amount sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or investment bank to pay and discharge each installment of principal of and interest , if any, and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the debt securities of that series on the stated maturity of those payments in accordance with the terms of the indenture and those debt securities, and

• delivering to the trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that the holders of the debt securities of that series will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and related covenant defeasance and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the deposit and related covenant defeasance had not occurred.

Covenant Defeasance and Events of Default. In the event we exercise our option to effect covenant defeasance with respect to any series of debt securities and the debt securities of that series are declared due and payable because of the occurrence of any Event of Default, the amount of money and/or U.S. government obligations or money and/or Foreign Government Obligations on deposit with the trustee will be sufficient to pay amounts due on the debt securities of that series at the time of their stated maturity but may not be sufficient to pay amounts due on the debt securities of that series at the time of the acceleration resulting from the Event of Default. In such a case, we would remain liable for those payments.

“Foreign Government Obligations” means, with respect to debt securities of any series that are denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the government that issued or caused to be issued such currency for the payment of which obligations its full faith and credit is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of transfer or exchange of the debt securities, as expressly provided for in the indenture) as to all outstanding debt securities when:

• either:

• all the debt securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed debt securities which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or

• all debt securities not theretofore delivered to the trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable at their maturity within one year, have been called for redemption or are to be called for redemption within one year, or are deemed paid and discharged pursuant to the legal defeasance provisions of the indenture, and our operating partnership has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the trustee as trust funds in trust cash or noncallable U.S. government obligations in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such debt securities not theretofore delivered to the trustee for cancellation, for principal and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of debt securities which have become due and payable) or to the maturity date or redemption date, as the case may be;

• our operating partnership has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under the indenture by our operating partnership; and

14

• our operating partnership has delivered to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the indenture have been complied with.

Modification, Waiver and Meetings

Our operating partnership and the trustee may modify and amend the indenture or the debt securities of any series without the consent of any holder of any debt security:

• to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency,

• to comply with covenants in the indenture described above under the heading “Merger, Consolidation or Sale,”

• to provide for uncertificated securities in addition to or in place of certificated securities,

• to surrender any of our rights or powers under the indenture,

• to add covenants or events of default for the benefit of the holders of debt securities of any series,

• to comply with the applicable procedures of the applicable depositary,

• to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder of debt securities,

• to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of debt securities of any series as permitted by the indenture,

• to effect the appointment of a successor trustee with respect to the debt securities of any series and to add to or change any of the provisions of the indenture to provide for or facilitate administration by more than one trustee,

• to comply with requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act,

• to reflect the release of a guarantor of the debt securities in accordance with the terms of the indenture, or

• to add guarantors with respect to any or all of the debt securities or to secure any or all of the debt securities or the guarantees.

Our operating partnership may also modify and amend the indenture with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of each series affected by the modifications or amendments. Our operating partnership may not make any modification or amendment without the consent of the holders of each affected debt security then outstanding if that amendment will:

• reduce the principal amount of debt securities whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver,

• reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest (including default interest) on any debt security,

• reduce the principal or change the fixed maturity of, any debt security, or reduce the amount of, or postpone the date fixed for, the payment of any sinking fund or analogous obligation with respect to any series of debt securities,

• reduce the principal amount of discount securities payable upon acceleration of maturity,

• waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest, if any, on any debt security (except a rescission of acceleration of the debt securities of any series by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding debt securities of that series and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration),

15

• make the principal of or interest, if any, on any debt security payable in any currency other than that stated in the debt security,

• make any change to certain provisions of the indenture relating to, among other things, the right of holders of debt securities to receive payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on those debt securities and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment and to waivers or amendments,

• waive a redemption payment with respect to any debt security, or

• if the debt securities of that series are entitled to the benefit of a guarantee, release any guarantor of such series other than as provided in the indenture or modify the guarantee in any manner adverse to the holders.

Except for certain specified provisions, the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series may on behalf of the holders of all debt securities of that series waive our compliance with provisions of the indenture. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series may on behalf of the holders of all of the debt securities of such series waive any past default under the indenture with respect to that series and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of, or any premium or interest on, any debt security of that series; provided, however, that the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from the acceleration.

Regarding the Trustee

Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, U.S. Bank National Association will initially act as the trustee, registrar and paying agent for the debt securities, subject to replacement at our operating partnership’s option as provided in the indenture.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be required to use the same degree of care and skill a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of its own affairs. The trustee will become obligated to exercise any of its powers under the indenture at the request of any of the holders of the required percentage under the indenture only after those holders have offered the trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it.

If the trustee becomes one of our creditors, it will be subject to limitations on its rights to obtain payment of claims or to realize on some property received for any such claim, as security or otherwise. The trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions with our operating partnership. If, however, it acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate that conflict or resign.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees or Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, or stockholder will have any liability for any of our obligations or those of our operating partnership under the debt securities, the indenture, any guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of debt securities by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the debt securities. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

Governing Law

The indenture, the debt securities and the guarantees will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

16

DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK

General

This prospectus describes the general terms of the Company’s common stock. For a more detailed description of these securities, you should read the applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or MGCL, and the Company’s charter and bylaws. When we offer to sell a particular class or series of stock, we will describe the specific terms of such class or series in a prospectus supplement. Accordingly, for a description of the terms of any class or series of stock, you must refer to both the prospectus supplement relating to that class or series and the description of stock in this prospectus. To the extent the information contained in the prospectus supplement differs from this summary description, you should rely on the information in the prospectus supplement.

The Company’s charter provides that the Company may issue up to 490 million shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, or common stock. The Company’s charter authorizes its board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board and without any action by the Company’s stockholders, to amend the Company’s charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or, subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of the Company’s stock, the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Company has the authority to issue. As of March 14, 2018, 156,400,060 shares of the Company’s common stock were issued and outstanding and no shares of the Company’s preferred stock were issued and outstanding.

Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not personally liable for the Company’s debts or obligations solely as a result of their status as stockholders.

Subject to the preferential rights of holders of any class or series of the Company’s stock that may be issued in the future, and to the provisions of the Company’s charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock, holders of shares of the Company’s common stock are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions on such shares if, as and when authorized by the Company’s board of directors out of funds legally available therefor and declared by the Company, and to share ratably in the Company’s assets legally available for distribution to the Company’s stockholders in the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, after payment or establishment of reserves for all known debts and liabilities of the Company.

Subject to the provisions of the Company’s charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of the Company’s stock that may be issued in the future, each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and the holders of shares of the Company’s common stock will possess the exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of the Company’s directors. In uncontested elections, directors are elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the votes cast “for” and “against” each director nominee. In contested elections, directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of The Company’s Charter and Bylaws—The Company’s Board of Directors.”

Holders of shares of the Company’s common stock have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights, and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of the Company. The Company’s charter provides that the Company’s stockholders generally have no appraisal rights unless the Company’s board of directors determines prospectively that appraisal rights will apply to one or more transactions in which holders of the Company’s common stock would otherwise be entitled to exercise appraisal rights. Subject to the provisions of the Company’s charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock, holders of shares of the Company’s common stock will have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, consolidate, convert into another type of entity, sell all or substantially all of its assets or engage in a statutory share exchange

17

unless declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s charter. The Company’s charter provides for the approval of these matters by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, except that the approval of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast is required to remove a director elected by holders of the Company’s common stock or to amend the removal provisions of the Company’s charter or the vote required to amend such provisions. Maryland law also permits a corporation to transfer all or substantially all of its assets without the approval of its stockholders to an entity all of the equity interests of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation. Because the Company’s operating assets may be held by our operating partnership or its wholly owned subsidiaries, these subsidiaries may be able to merge or transfer all or substantially all of such assets without the approval of the Company’s stockholders.

The Company’s charter authorizes the Company’s board of directors to reclassify any unissued shares of the Company’s common stock into other classes or series of stock, to establish the designation and number of shares of each such class or series and to set, subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of the Company’s stock and the provisions of the Company’s charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of each such class or series.

Power to Increase or Decrease Authorized Shares of Common Stock and Issue Additional Shares of Common Stock

We believe that the power of the Company’s board of directors to amend the Company’s charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of common stock, to authorize the Company to issue additional authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s common stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of the Company’s common stock and thereafter to cause the Company to issue such classified or reclassified shares will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs that might arise. Additional classes or series of common stock, as well as the additional authorized shares of common stock, will be available for issuance without further action by the Company’s stockholders unless such action is required by the terms of any class or series of the Company’s stock that may be issued in the future or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s securities may be listed or traded. Although the Company’s board of directors does not currently intend to do so, it could authorize the Company to issue a class or series of stock that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of the Company that might involve a premium price for the Company’s common stock or that the Company’s common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of The Company’s Charter and Bylaws—Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of The Company’s Charter and Bylaws.”

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

To assist us in complying with certain federal income tax requirements applicable to REITs, the Company’s charter contains certain restrictions relating to the ownership and transfer of the Company’s common stock. See “Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the Company’s shares of common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

18

DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK

General

This prospectus describes the general terms of the Company’s preferred stock. For a more detailed description of these securities, you should read the applicable provisions of the MGCL and the Company’s charter and bylaws. When the Company offers to sell a particular class or series of preferred stock, the Company will describe the specific terms of the series in a prospectus supplement. Accordingly, for a description of the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, you must refer to both the prospectus supplement relating to that class or series and the description of preferred stock in this prospectus. To the extent the information contained in the prospectus supplement differs from this summary description, you should rely on the information in the prospectus supplement.

The Company’s charter provides that the Company may issue up to 10 million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, or preferred stock. The Company’s charter authorizes the Company’s board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board and without any action by the Company’s stockholders, to amend the Company’s charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or, subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of the Company’s stock, the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Company has the authority to issue. As of March 14, 2018, no shares of the Company’s preferred stock were outstanding.

The Company’s charter authorizes the Company’s board of directors to classify any unissued shares of preferred stock and to reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of preferred stock into one or more classes or series of stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each new class or series, the Company’s board of directors is required by the MGCL and the Company’s charter to set, subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of the Company’s stock and the provisions of the Company’s charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of each such class or series. As a result, the Company’s board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock that have priority over shares of the Company’s common stock with respect to dividends, distributions or rights upon liquidation or with other terms or conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control of the Company that might involve a premium price for the Company’s common stock or that the Company’s common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests.

The specific terms of a particular class or series of preferred stock will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to that class or series, including a prospectus supplement providing that preferred stock may be issuable upon the exercise of warrants the Company issues. The description of preferred stock set forth below and the description of the terms of a particular class or series of preferred stock set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the articles supplementary relating to that class or series.

Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not personally liable for the Company’s debts or obligations solely as a result of their status as stockholders.

The preferences and other terms of each class or series of preferred stock will be fixed by the articles supplementary relating to such class or series. A prospectus supplement relating to each class or series will describe the terms of the class or series of preferred stock as follows:

• the designation and par value of such class or series of preferred stock,

• the number of shares of such class or series of preferred stock authorized and offered, the liquidation preference per share and the offering price of such class or series of preferred stock,

19

• the dividend rate(s), period(s), and/or payment date(s) or method(s) of calculation thereof applicable to such class or series of preferred stock,

• whether dividends on such class or series of preferred stock are cumulative or not and, if cumulative, the date from which dividends on such class or series of preferred stock shall accumulate,

• the provision for a sinking fund, if any, for such class or series of preferred stock,

• the provision for redemption, if applicable, of such class or series of preferred stock,

• any listing of such class or series of preferred stock on any securities exchange,

• the preemptive rights, if any, of such class or series of preferred stock,

• the terms and conditions, if applicable, upon which shares of such class or series of preferred stock will be convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock or shares of any other class or series of the Company’s stock, including the conversion price (or manner of calculation thereof),

• a discussion of any additional material federal income tax considerations applicable to an investment in such class or series of preferred stock,

• any limitations on actual, beneficial and constructive ownership and restrictions on transfer, in each case as may be appropriate to preserve the status of the Company as a REIT,

• the relative ranking and preferences of such class or series of preferred stock as to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company,

• any limitations on issuance of any class or series of stock ranking senior to or on a parity with such class or series of preferred stock as to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company,

• any voting rights of such class or series of preferred stock, and

• any other specific terms, preferences, rights, limitations or restrictions of such class or series of preferred stock.

Rank

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, the preferred stock will, with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, rank: (1) senior to all classes or series of the Company’s common stock, and to any other class or series of the Company’s stock expressly designated as ranking junior to the preferred stock; (2) on parity with any class or series of the Company’s stock expressly designated as ranking on parity with the preferred stock; and (3) junior to any other class or series of the Company’s stock expressly designated as ranking senior to the preferred stock.

Conversion Rights

The terms and conditions, if any, upon which any shares of any class or series of preferred stock are convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock or shares of any other class or series of the Company’s stock will be set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement relating thereto. Such terms will include the number of shares of the Company’s common stock or the number of shares of such other class or series of the Company’s stock into which the shares of preferred stock are convertible, the conversion price (or manner of calculation thereof), the conversion period, provisions as to whether conversion will be at the option of the holders of such class or series of preferred stock, the events requiring an adjustment of the conversion price and provisions affecting conversion in the event of the redemption of such class or series of preferred stock.

20

Power to Increase or Decrease Authorized Preferred Stock and Issue Additional Shares of The Company’s Preferred Stock

We believe that the power of the Company’s board of directors to amend the Company’s charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of preferred stock, to authorize the Company to issue additional authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of the Company’s preferred stock and thereafter to cause the Company to issue such classified or reclassified shares will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs that might arise. Additional classes or series of preferred stock, as well as the additional authorized shares of preferred stock, will be available for issuance without further action by the Company’s stockholders unless such action is required by the terms of any class or series of the Company’s stock that may be issued in the future or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s securities may be listed or traded. Although the Company’s board of directors does not currently intend to do so, it could authorize the Company to issue a class or series of stock that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of the Company that might involve a premium price for the Company’s common stock or that the Company’s common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of The Company’s Charter and Bylaws—Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of The Company’s Charter and Bylaws.”

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

To assist us in complying with certain federal income tax requirements applicable to REITs, the Company’s charter contains certain restrictions relating to the ownership and transfer of the Company’s preferred stock. We expect that similar restrictions with respect to any class or series offered pursuant to this prospectus will be set forth in the articles supplementary for such class or series. The applicable prospectus supplement will specify any additional ownership limitation relating to such class or series. See “Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the Company’s shares of preferred stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

21

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER SECURITIES

We will set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement a description of any depositary shares, warrants, purchase contracts, rights, units or guarantees issued by the Company that may be offered and sold pursuant to this prospectus.

22

RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER

The following summary with respect to restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock sets forth certain general terms and provisions of the Company’s charter documents to which any prospectus supplement may relate. This summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company’s charter documents, as amended and supplemented from time to time, including any articles supplementary relating to any class or series of preferred stock offered and sold pursuant to this prospectus. Copies of the Company’s existing charter documents are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Any amendment or supplement to the Company’s charter documents relating to an issuance of securities pursuant to this prospectus shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and shall be incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the applicable prospectus supplement. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by reference.”

In order for the Company to qualify as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, the Company’s stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made) or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, not more than 50% of the value of the outstanding shares of the Company’s stock (after taking into account certain options to acquire shares of stock) may be owned, directly, indirectly or through attribution, by five or fewer individuals (for this purpose, the term “individual” includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefit plan, a private foundation or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes, but generally does not include a qualified pension plan or profit sharing trust) at any time during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made).

The Company’s charter contains restrictions on the ownership and transfer of the Company’s common stock and capital stock that are intended to assist the Company in complying with these requirements and continuing to qualify as a REIT. The relevant sections of the Company’s charter provide that, subject to the exceptions described below, no person or entity may actually or beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the applicable constructive ownership provisions of the Code, more than 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, excluding any shares of common stock that are not treated as outstanding for federal income tax purposes, or more than 9.8% (in value) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of the Company’s capital stock. We refer to each of these restrictions as an “ownership limit” and collectively as the “ownership limits.” A person or entity that would have acquired actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of the Company’s stock but for the application of the ownership limits or any of the other restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock discussed below is referred to as a “prohibited owner.”

The constructive ownership rules under the Code are complex and may cause stock owned actually or constructively by a group of related individuals and/or entities to be owned constructively by one individual or entity. As a result, the acquisition of less than 9.8% of the Company’s common stock (or the acquisition of an interest in an entity that owns, actually or constructively, the Company’s common stock) by an individual or entity could, nevertheless, cause that individual or entity, or another individual or entity, to own constructively in excess of 9.8% in value or in number of shares (whichever is more restrictive) of the Company’s outstanding common stock, and thereby violate the applicable ownership limit.

The Company’s board of directors may, in its sole and absolute discretion, prospectively or retroactively, waive one or more of the ownership limits with respect to a particular person if, among other limitations, it:

• determines that such waiver will not cause any individual (for this purpose, the term “individual” includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefit plan, a private foundation or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes, but generally does not include

23

a qualified pension plan or profit sharing trust) to own, actually or beneficially, more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of all classes or series of the Company’s capital stock; and

• determines that, subject to certain exceptions, such person does not and will not own, actually or constructively, an interest in a tenant of ours (or a tenant of any entity owned in whole or in part by us) that would cause the Company to own, actually or constructively, more than a 9.9% interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant.

As a condition of such waiver, the Company’s board of directors may require an opinion of counsel or IRS ruling satisfactory to the Company’s board of directors in its sole and absolute discretion in order to determine or ensure the Company’s status as a REIT or such representations and/or undertakings as are reasonably necessary to make the determinations above. The Company’s board of directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with such an exception.

In connection with a waiver of an ownership limit or at any other time, the Company’s board of directors may increase or decrease one or more of the ownership limits, except that a decreased ownership limit will not be effective for any person whose actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of the Company’s stock exceeds the decreased ownership limit at the time of the decrease until the person’s actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of the Company’s stock equals or falls below the decreased ownership limit, although any further acquisition of the Company’s stock will violate the decreased ownership limit. The Company’s board of directors may not increase or decrease any ownership limit if the new ownership limit would allow five or fewer persons to actually or beneficially own more than 49% in value of the Company’s outstanding stock or could cause the Company to be “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise cause the Company to fail to qualify as a REIT.

The Company’s charter further prohibits:

• any person from actually, beneficially or constructively owning shares of the Company’s capital stock that could result in the Company being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise cause the Company to fail to qualify as a REIT; and

• any person from transferring shares of the Company’s capital stock if such transfer would result in shares of the Company’s capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution).

Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of the Company’s stock that will or may violate the ownership limits or any of the other restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock described above must give written notice immediately to the Company or, in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, provide the Company at least 15 days prior notice, and provide the Company with such other information as the Company may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer on the Company’s status as a REIT.

The ownership limits and other restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock described above will not apply if the Company’s board of directors determines that it is no longer in the Company’s best interest to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT or that compliance with one or more of the restrictions or limitations on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock is no longer required in order for the Company to qualify as a REIT.

Pursuant to the Company’s charter, if any purported transfer of the Company’s stock or any other event would otherwise result in any person violating the ownership limits or such other limit established by the Company’s board of directors, or could result in the Company being “closely held” within the meaning of

24

Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT, then the number of shares causing the violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) will be automatically transferred to, and held by, a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable organizations selected by the Company. The prohibited owner will have no rights in shares of the Company’s stock held by the trustee. The automatic transfer will be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the violative transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the trust. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the prohibited owner, prior to the Company’s discovery that the shares had been automatically transferred to a trust as described above, must be repaid to the trustee upon demand. If the transfer to the trust as described above is not automatically effective, for any reason, to prevent violation of the applicable ownership limit or the Company being “closely held” (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT, then the transfer of the number of shares that otherwise would cause any person to violate the above restrictions will be void. If any transfer of the Company’s stock would result in shares of the Company’s stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution), then any such purported transfer will be void and of no force or effect and the intended transferee will acquire no rights in the shares.

Shares of the Company’s stock transferred to the trustee are deemed offered for sale to the Company, or the Company’s designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (1) the price per share paid by the prohibited owner for the shares (or, if the prohibited owner did not give value in connection with the transfer or other event that resulted in the transfer to the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other such transaction), the last sales price reported on the NYSE on the day of the transfer or other event that resulted in the transfer of such shares to the trust) and (2) the last sale price reported on the NYSE on the date the Company, or the Company’s designee, accepts such offer. The Company must reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. The Company will pay the amount of such reduction to the trustee for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. The Company has the right to accept such offer until the trustee has sold the shares of the stock of the Company held in the trust. Upon a sale to the Company, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold terminates and the trustee must distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the prohibited owner and any dividends or other distributions held by the trustee with respect to such stock must be paid to the charitable beneficiary.

If the Company does not buy the shares, the trustee must, within 20 days of receiving notice from the Company of the transfer of shares to the trust, sell the shares to a person or persons, designated by the trustee, who could own the shares without violating the ownership limits or other restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock. Upon such sale, the trustee must distribute to the prohibited owner an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the price paid by the prohibited owner for the shares (or, if the prohibited owner did not give value in connection with the transfer or other event that resulted in the transfer to the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other such transaction), the last sales price reported on the NYSE on the day of the event that resulted in the transfer of such shares to the trust) and (2) the sales proceeds (net of commissions and other expenses of sale) received by the trustee for the shares. The trustee must reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the prohibited owner will be immediately paid to the charitable beneficiary, together with any dividends or other distributions thereon. In addition, if, prior to discovery by the Company that shares of its stock have been transferred to the trustee, such shares of stock are sold by a prohibited owner, then such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and, to the extent that the prohibited owner received an amount for or in respect of such shares that exceeds the amount that such prohibited owner was entitled to receive, such excess amount must be paid to the trustee upon demand.

The trustee will be designated by the Company and will be unaffiliated with the Company and with any prohibited owner. Prior to the sale of any shares by the trust, the trustee will receive, in trust for the charitable beneficiary, all dividends and other distributions paid by the Company with respect to such shares, and may exercise all voting rights with respect to such shares for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary.

25

Subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares have been transferred to the trust, the trustee will have the authority, at the trustee’s sole discretion:

• to rescind as void any vote cast by a prohibited owner prior to the Company’s discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust; and

• to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the beneficiary of the trust.

However, if the Company has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee may not rescind and recast the vote.

If the Company’s board of directors or a committee thereof determines in good faith that a proposed transfer or other event has taken place that violates the restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock set forth in the Company’s charter, the Company’s board of directors or such committee may take such action as it deems advisable in its sole discretion to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such transfer, including, but not limited to, causing the company to redeem shares of stock, refusing to give effect to the transfer on the Company’s books or instituting proceedings to enjoin the transfer.

Every owner of 5% or more (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding shares of the Company’s stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, must give written notice to the Company stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of each class and series of the Company’s stock that the owner beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each such owner also must provide the Company with any additional information that the Company may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of the person’s actual or beneficial ownership on the Company’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits. In addition, any person that is an actual, beneficial or constructive owner of shares of the Company’s stock and any person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding shares of the Company’s stock for an actual, beneficial or constructive owner must, on request, disclose to the Company such information as the Company may request in good faith in order to determine the Company’s status as a REIT and comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or determine such compliance.

Any certificates representing shares of the Company’s stock will bear a legend referring to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock described above.

These restrictions on ownership and transfer could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of the Company that might involve a premium price for the Company’s stock that the Company’s stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest.

26

DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.

We have summarized the material terms and provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., which we refer to as the “partnership agreement.” This summary is not complete. For more detail, you should refer to the partnership agreement itself, a copy of which is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part. For purposes of this section, references to “we,” “our,” “us,” “our company” and the “general partner” refer to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. in its capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership.

General

All of the Company’s assets are held by, and substantially all of the Company’s operations are conducted through, our operating partnership, either directly or through subsidiaries. The Company is the general partner of our operating partnership, and, as of March 14, 2018, the Company owns approximately 99.6% of the outstanding common units in our operating partnership.

Certain persons who contributed interests in properties and/or other assets pursuant to the formation transactions related to the Company’s initial public offering received common units of partnership interest in our operating partnership or 6.25% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Partnership Units of partnership interest in our operating partnership, which we refer to as common units and series A preferred units, respectively. Holders of common units are generally entitled to share in cash distributions from, and in the profits and losses of, our operating partnership in proportion to their respective percentage interests of common units if and to the extent authorized by us and subject to the preferential rights of holders of outstanding preferred units, including series A preferred units. Series A preferred units rank senior to any other partnership interest and holders of series A units are entitled to receive preferential cash distributions, a liquidation preference in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of our operating partnership (but only to the extent consistent with a liquidation in accordance with positive capital account balances), as well as certain conversion and redemption rights as described below in “—Material Terms of The Company’s Series A Preferred Units.” Our operating partnership is also authorized to issue classes of partnership units designated as LTIP units and performance units, respectively, each having the terms described below. The units in our operating partnership are not listed on any exchange or quoted on any national market system.

Provisions in the partnership agreement could discourage third parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited acquisition of the Company or change of control of the Company, although some stockholders might consider such proposals, if made, desirable. These provisions also make it more difficult for third parties to alter the management structure of our operating partnership without the concurrence of the Company’s board of directors. These provisions include, among others:

• redemption rights of qualifying parties;

• transfer restrictions on units, including the Company’s common units;

• the Company’s ability, as general partner, in some cases, to amend the partnership agreement and to cause the partnership to issue preferred units with terms that the Company, in the Company’s capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership, may determine, without the consent of the limited partners;

• the right of the limited partners to consent to transfers of the Company’s general partnership interest and mergers under specified circumstances; and

• restrictions on debt levels and equity requirements pursuant to the terms of the Company’s series A preferred units, as well as required distributions to holders of series A preferred units of our operating partnership, following certain changes of control of the Company.

27

Purposes, Business and Management

The purpose of our operating partnership includes the conduct of any business, enterprise or activity permitted by or under the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act. Our operating partnership may enter into partnerships, joint ventures or similar arrangements and may own interests in any other entity. However, our operating partnership may not, without the Company’s consent, take, or refrain from taking, any action that, in the Company’s judgment, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion:

• could adversely affect the Company’s ability to continue to qualify as a REIT;

• could subject the Company to any taxes under Code Section 857 or Code Section 4981 or any other related or successor provision under the Code; or

• could violate any law or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over us, the Company’s securities or our operating partnership.

In general, the Company’s board of directors manages the business and affairs of our operating partnership by directing the Company’s business and affairs, in the Company’s capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the partnership agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of our operating partnership are exclusively vested in the Company, in the Company’s capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership. The general partner may not be removed by the partners with or without cause, except with the general partner’s consent. Except in connection with certain transactions involving the general partner discussed in “—Restrictions on Mergers, Sales, Transfers and Other Significant Transactions of the General Partner” and “—Material Terms of Series A Preferred Units—Voting and Consent Rights,” the general partner may authorize our operating partnership to dispose of any, all or substantially all of the assets (including the goodwill) of our operating partnership or merge, consolidate, reorganize or otherwise combine with or into another entity. With limited exceptions, the general partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform agreements and transactions on behalf of our operating partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the limited partners.

Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority

The general partner may not take any action in contravention of the partnership agreement. The general partner may not, without the prior consent of a majority in interest of the partners (including the Company), undertake any actions on behalf of our operating partnership, or enter into any transaction, that would have the effect of amending, modifying or terminating the partnership agreement, except as provided in the partnership agreement. For a description of the provisions of the partnership agreement permitting the general partner to amend the partnership agreement without the consent of the limited partners see “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement—Amendment by the General Partner without the Consent of the Limited Partners.” The general partner may not, without the prior consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners holding common units (excluding the Company and any limited partner a majority of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company), transfer all or any portion of its interest in our operating partnership, withdraw as the general partner of our operating partnership or admit into our operating partnership any successor general partners, subject to the exceptions discussed in “—Transfers and Withdrawals—Restrictions on Transfers by General Partner.”

In addition, the general partner may not amend the partnership agreement or take any action on behalf of our operating partnership, without the prior consent of each partner adversely affected by such amendment or action, if such amendment or action would:

• convert a limited partner into a general partner;

• modify the limited liability of a limited partner;

28

• alter the rights of any limited partner to receive the distributions to which such partner is entitled, or alter the allocations specified in the partnership agreement, except in connection with the creation and issuance of any class or series of units, to the extent permitted by the partnership agreement;

• alter or modify the redemption rights or conversion rights of limited partners and certain qualifying assignees or the related definitions;

• alter the restrictions on the general partner’s ability to transfer all or any portion of its interest in our operating partnership or voluntarily withdraw as the general partner;

• enter into any contract, mortgage, loan or other agreement that expressly prohibits or restricts, or has the effect of prohibiting or restricting, the general partner or our operating partnership from performing its obligations in connection with the redemption of units or any limited partner from exercising its redemption or conversion rights under the partnership agreement;

• remove, alter or amend certain provisions of the partnership agreement related to the requirements for the Company to qualify as a REIT or permitting the Company to avoid paying tax under Code Sections 857 or 4981;

• reduce any limited partners’ rights to indemnification;

• create any liability of the limited partners not already provided in the partnership agreement; or

• amend the provisions of the partnership agreement requiring the consent of each affected partner before taking any of the actions described above.

Additional Limited Partners

Subject to the rights of limited partners holding series A preferred units, the general partner may cause our operating partnership to issue additional units from time to time, on terms and conditions and for such capital contributions as may be established by the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion. The net capital contribution need not be equal for all limited partners. No person may be admitted as an additional limited partner without the general partner’s consent, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

Subject to the rights of the limited partners holding series A preferred units, any additional units may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption (including, without limitation, terms that may be senior or otherwise entitled to preference over existing units) as the general partner shall determine, in its sole and absolute discretion without the approval of any limited partner or any other person.

Ability to Engage in Other Businesses; Conflicts of Interest

The Company may not conduct any business other than in connection with the ownership, acquisition and disposition of partnership interests, the management of the business of our operating partnership, the Company’s operation as a reporting company with a class or classes of securities registered under the Exchange Act, the Company’s operations as a REIT, the offering, sale, syndication, private placement or public offering of stock, bonds, securities or other interests related to the partnership or its assets or activities or the Company’s activities in its capacity as general partner, financing or refinancing of any type related to our operating partnership or its assets or activities, and such activities as are incidental to those activities discussed above. The Company may, however, in its sole and absolute discretion, from time to time hold or acquire assets in the Company’s own name or otherwise other than through our operating partnership so long as the Company takes commercially reasonable measures to ensure that the economic benefits and burdens of such property are otherwise vested in our operating partnership.

29

Distributions

The Company is required to cause our operating partnership to distribute quarterly, or on a more or less frequent basis as the Company may determine, all, or such portion as the Company may in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion determine, of the available cash (as such term is defined in the partnership agreement) generated by our operating partnership during such quarter to the Company and the limited partners:

• first, with respect to the series A preferred units and any other units that are entitled to any preference in distribution, in accordance with the rights of such class or classes of units, and, within such class or classes, among the holders of such units, pro rata in proportion to their respective percentage interests; and

• second, with respect to any units that are not entitled to any preference in distribution, including common units and, except as may be provided in any incentive award plan or any applicable award agreement, the LTIP units and performance units, in accordance with the rights of holders of such units, as applicable, and, within such class, among the holders of such units, pro rata in proportion to their respective percentage interests.

The Company’s Liability

The Company, as general partner of our operating partnership, is ultimately liable for all general recourse obligations of our operating partnership to the extent not paid by our operating partnership. The Company is not liable for the nonrecourse obligations of our operating partnership.

Exculpation and Indemnification

The partnership agreement generally provides that the Company, as general partner, and any of the Company’s respective directors or officers will incur no liability to our operating partnership, or any limited partner or assignee, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment, mistakes of fact or law or any acts or omissions if the Company or such officer or director acted in good faith. The partnership agreement also provides that the Company will not be liable to our operating partnership or any partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by our operating partnership or any limited partner, except for liability for the Company’s intentional harm or gross negligence. In addition, the Company, as general partner, is not responsible to the partnership for any misconduct or negligence on the part of the Company’s employees or agents, provided the Company appointed such employees or agents in good faith. The Company, as general partner, may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisors, and any action the Company takes or omits to take in reliance upon the opinion of such persons, as to matters which the Company, as general partner, reasonably believes to be within their professional or expert competence, will be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

The partnership agreement also provides for the indemnification of us, as general partner, and the Company’s directors, officers and employees, officers and employees of our operating partnership and such other persons as the Company, as general partner, may from time to time designate from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings that relate to the operations of our operating partnership, provided that such person will not be indemnified for (i) any act or omission of such person that was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, any act or omission that such person had reason to believe was unlawful, or (iii) any transaction for which such person actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement. Our operating partnership must also pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses of any such person upon its receipt of a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to repay any amounts paid or advanced if it

30

is ultimately determined that the person did not meet the standard of conduct for indemnification. Our operating partnership will not indemnify or advance funds to any person with respect to any action initiated by the person seeking indemnification (other than an action to enforce such person’s right to indemnification under the partnership agreement) without the Company’s approval or if the person is found to be liable to our operating partnership on any portion of any claim in the action.

The partnership agreement also provides for the indemnification of each of the limited partners of our operating partnership, their affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, stockholders and any other individual acting on its or their behalf, from and against any costs incurred by such person resulting from any litigation or other proceeding in which any limited partner is named as a defendant or any claim threatened or asserted against any limited partner that relates to the operations of our operating partnership or any obligation assumed by our operating partnership, unless such costs are the result of intentional harm or gross negligence on the part of, or a breach of partnership agreement by, such limited partner.

Sales of Partnership Assets; Mergers; Consolidations

Under the partnership agreement, the general partner generally has the authority to cause our operating partnership to sell all or substantially all of the assets of our operating partnership or to merge, consolidate or otherwise combine its assets with another entity, without the consent or approval of any limited partner, subject to certain limitations described below. However, in connection with the acquisition of properties from persons to whom the general partner issued units as part of the purchase price, in order to preserve such persons’ tax deferral, the general partner may contractually agree, in general, not to sell or otherwise transfer the properties for a specified period of time, or in some instances, not to sell or otherwise transfer the properties without compensating the sellers of the properties for their loss of the tax deferral.

Redemption Rights of Limited Partners

After 14 months of becoming a holder of common units, each limited partner and some assignees have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to require our operating partnership to redeem all or a portion of the common units held by such party in exchange for a cash amount per common unit equal to the value of one share of the Company’s common stock, as determined in accordance with, and subject to adjustment as provided in, the partnership agreement. Our operating partnership’s obligation to effect a redemption, however, will not arise or be binding against our operating partnership unless and until the Company, as general partner, declines or fails to exercise the Company’s prior and independent right to acquire such common units in exchange for common stock.

On or before the close of business on the fifth business day after a limited partner gives the Company notice of redemption with respect to common units, the Company may, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion but subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock discussed in “Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer,” acquire some or all of the tendered common units from the tendering party in exchange for shares of common stock, based on an exchange ratio of one share of common stock for each common unit, subject to adjustment as provided in the partnership agreement. The partnership agreement does not obligate the Company to register, qualify or list any common stock issued in exchange for common units with the Securities and Exchange Commission, with any state securities commissioner, department or agency, or with any stock exchange. Common stock issued in exchange for common units pursuant to the partnership agreement may contain legends regarding restrictions under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws as the Company in good faith determines to be necessary or advisable in order to ensure compliance with securities laws.

The partnership agreement also provides redemption rights with respect to the Company’s series A preferred units as described below in “—Material Terms of The Company’s Series A Preferred Units.”

31

Transfers and Withdrawals

The partnership agreement restricts the transferability of units. Any transfer or purported transfer of a unit not made in accordance with the partnership agreement will be void.

Restrictions on Transfer by Limited Partners

Until the expiration of 14 months from the date on which a limited partner first acquired units, such limited partner generally may not, without the Company’s consent, directly or indirectly transfer all or any portion of its units to any transferee, except for certain permitted transfers to certain affiliates, family members and charities, transfers by a person who was a limited partner upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering to its shareholders, members, partners or beneficiaries and certain pledges of units to lending institutions in connection with bona fide loans.

In addition, except in the case of permitted transfers, the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to any proposed transfers by other limited partners, exercisable within ten business days of notice of the transfer and a description of the proposed consideration to be paid for our operating partnership units.

Restrictions on Transfers by General Partner

The Company, as general partner, may not transfer any of the Company’s units or other partnership interest, whether by sale, disposition, statutory merger or consolidation, liquidation or otherwise, unless:

• the Company transfers its units in a merger, consolidation or other combination of the Company’s assets with another entity, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a reclassification, recapitalization or change in any outstanding shares of the Company’s stock described below in “—Restrictions on Mergers, Sales, Transfers and Other Significant Transactions of the General Partner” or the Company receives the prior consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners holding common units (excluding the Company and any limited partner whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company);

• the transferee is admitted as a general partner pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement;

• the transferee assumes, by operation of law or express agreement, all of the obligations of the general partner under the partnership agreement with respect to such transferred partnership interest; and

• the transferee has executed such instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such transferee to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the partnership agreement with respect to the partnership interest so acquired and the admission of such transferee as the general partner.

Withdrawal of Partners

The Company may not voluntarily withdraw as a general partner of our operating partnership without the consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners holding common units (excluding the Company and any limited partner 50% or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company) other than upon the transfer of the Company’s entire interest in our operating partnership and the admission of the Company’s successor as a general partner of our operating partnership. A limited partner of our operating partnership may withdraw from our operating partnership only as a result of a transfer of the limited partner’s entire interest in our operating partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement and the admission of the limited partner’s successor as a limited partner of our operating partnership or as a result of the redemption or acquisition by the Company of the limited partner’s entire interest in our operating partnership.

Restrictions on Mergers, Sales, Transfers and Other Significant Transactions of the General Partner

The Company may not merge, consolidate or otherwise combine the Company’s assets with another entity, or sell all or substantially all of the Company’s assets not in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, or

32

reclassify, recapitalize or change the terms of the Company’s outstanding common equity interests (other than in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, change in par value, increase in authorized shares, designation or issuance of new classes of equity securities or any event that does not require the approval of the Company’s stockholders), unless:

• such event has been approved by the consent of a majority in interest of the partners, including the Company, and all limited partners holding common units will receive, or will have the right to elect to receive, for each common unit, consideration that is equivalent to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property received by a holder of one share of the Company’s common stock; and, if such event occurs in connection with a purchase, tender or exchange offer, each holder of common units has the right to receive, or elect to receive, the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that such holder of units would have received had it exercised its right to redemption pursuant to the partnership agreement and received shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for its units immediately before the expiration of the purchase, tender or exchange offer and had accepted the purchase, tender or exchange offer; or

• substantially all of the assets of our operating partnership are to be owned by a surviving entity in which the limited partners holding common units will hold a percentage interest based on the relative fair market value of the net assets of our operating partnership and the other net assets of such entity, which interest will be on terms that are at least as favorable as the terms of the common units and will include a right to redeem interests in such entity for the consideration described in the preceding bullet, cash on similar terms as those with respect to the common units or, if common equity securities of the person controlling the surviving entity are publicly traded, such common equity securities.

Material Terms of Our Operating Partnership’s Series A Preferred Units

The following is a discussion of certain of the rights, privileges and preferences of the series A preferred units.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of our operating partnership, holders of series A preferred units will be entitled to receive and be paid in cash an amount equal to $25.00 per preferred unit plus any accrued and unpaid distributions before any distribution or payment may be made with respect to any other series or class of partnership interest ranking junior to the series A preferred units (but only to the extent consistent with a liquidation in accordance with positive capital account balances).

Distributions

Holders of series A preferred units are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by our operating partnership, out of available cash, cumulative preferential cash distributions in an amount equal to 6.25% per annum of the $25.00 liquidation preference per unit from the date of issuance of such unit, payable quarterly in arrears on or before the last calendar day of March, June, September and December of each year. Distributions that are due but unpaid will accumulate and compound quarterly. If any such preferential distribution payments for any past quarterly period are in arrears, no distributions may be authorized or paid on any other series or class of partnership interest ranking junior to the series A preferred units, nor shall any other series or class of partnership interests ranking junior to the series A preferred units be redeemed, purchased or acquired by our operating partnership or us, except for:

• a redemption of common units from the Company in connection with a redemption or repurchase by the Company of common stock for cash pursuant to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock described in “Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” or a redemption of preferred units from the Company in connection with a redemption or repurchase by the Company of outstanding preferred stock for cash;

33

• the acquisition by the Company of common units tendered for redemption with shares of the Company’s common stock; or

• the conversion into or exchange for shares of the Company’s common stock or units ranking junior to the series A preferred units with no cash distributed.

Redemption Rights

Each limited partner holding series A preferred units and certain assignees has had the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to require our operating partnership to redeem all or a portion of its series A preferred units in exchange for a cash redemption price equal to $25.00 per unit plus any accrued distributions that have not been paid on or prior to the redemption date. Our operating partnership’s obligation to effect a redemption, however, will not arise or be binding against our operating partnership unless and until the Company, as general partner, declines or fails to exercise the Company’s prior and independent right to acquire such preferred units in exchange for shares of the Company’s common stock that are issued under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Conversion Rights

Each limited partner holding series A preferred units and certain assignees has had the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to convert all or any portion of its series A preferred units into a number of common units with a value equal to the aggregate redemption price of the series A preferred units tendered for conversion, the value of such common units to be based on the ten-day trailing average closing price of the Company’s common stock calculated as of the business day immediately prior to the date of redemption. Any such conversion of series A preferred units will be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date that the Company, as general partner, receive notice of conversion.

In the event of a recapitalization, reclassification or change of outstanding common units (other than a subdivision or combination of outstanding common units), a merger, sale or other business combination of our operating partnership, a sale, conveyance or lease to another or entity of all or substantially all of our operating partnership’s property and assets (other than to one or more of our subsidiaries) or an exchange of substantially all of the outstanding common units for securities of another entity, in each case in which holders of common units are entitled to receive securities, other property or assets with respect to or in exchange for their common units, qualifying holders of series A preferred units will thereafter be entitled to convert their series A preferred units into the kind and amount of securities or other consideration that such holder would have owned or been entitled to receive upon such a business combination if such holder had converted its series A preferred units into common units immediately before the business combination.

Voting and Consent Rights

Generally, the series A preferred units are entitled to limited voting rights and in most cases vote on an as-converted basis with the holders of common units on any matter on which all limited partners are entitled to vote. However, so long as any series A preferred units remain outstanding, the consent of the limited partners holding a majority in interest of series A preferred units other than any limited partner 50% or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company will be required to:

• authorize, designate or issue any class or series of partnership interests ranking pari passu with or senior to the series A preferred units with respect to payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of our operating partnership;

• increase the authorized or issued amount of series A preferred units; or

• amend, alter or repeal the terms of the series A preferred units, whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of our operating partnership’s assets or otherwise, so

34

as to materially and adversely affect any right, preference or privilege of the series A preferred units, except that, so long as the series A preferred units remain outstanding following any such merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of our operating partnership’s assets with the terms thereof materially unchanged, taking into account that, upon the occurrence of such an event, our operating partnership may not be the surviving entity and the surviving entity may not be a limited partnership, the occurrence of such an event will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the series A preferred units and, in such case, no consent of limited partners holding series A preferred units would be required.

• except as discussed below under “—General Partner Fundamental Change,” effect a “fundamental change,” which is generally defined as a merger, consolidation or other combination of the Company’s assets with another entity, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets not in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, a reclassification, recapitalization or change in the terms of the Company’s outstanding common equity interests (other than in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, change in par value, increase in authorized shares, designation or issuance of new classes of equity securities or any event that does not require the approval of the Company’s stockholders), as a result of which the Company’s stock ceases to be publicly traded or common units cease to be exchangeable (at the Company’s option) for publicly traded shares of the Company’s stock.

General Partner Fundamental Change

Without the approval of limited partners holding a majority in interest of the series A preferred units, the Company may not engage in a “fundamental change,” unless upon consummation of such a fundamental change transaction the partnership agreement or other organizational documents of any successor to our operating partnership will contain certain provisions requiring:

• our operating partnership or such successor to make minimum tax distributions to holders of the Company’s series A preferred units;

• the Company or its successor to continue to own an aggregate of at least 33% of the equity in our operating partnership through the ownership of equity interests which are subordinate to our operating partnership’s series A preferred units; and

• our operating partnership or such successor to refrain from incurring additional indebtedness if its ratio of total indebtedness to gross asset value exceeds 50%, or allow this leverage ratio to exceed 60%, so long as series A preferred units remain outstanding.

In connection with any fundamental change transaction, our operating partnership has the right to redeem all or any portion of the then outstanding series A preferred units for cash per unit equal to the redemption price.

LTIP Units

Our operating partnership is authorized to issue a class of units of partnership interest designated as “LTIP units.” We may cause our operating partnership to issue LTIP units, in one or more classes or series, with such terms as we may determine, to persons who provide services to or for the benefit of our operating partnership, for such consideration or for no consideration, and we may admit such persons as limited partners of our operating partnership, without the approval or consent of any limited partner. LTIP units may be subject to vesting, forfeiture and restrictions on transfer and receipt of distributions pursuant to the terms of any applicable equity-based plan and the terms of any award agreement relating to the issuance of the LTIP units.

Distributions

Holders of LTIP units shall be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per LTIP unit equal to the amount that would have been payable if such LTIP unit had been a common unit, except that distributions payable to the holders of LTIP units upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our operating partnership may not exceed the positive capital account balances attributable to the LTIP units.

35

Conversion Rights

Vested LTIP units are convertible at the option of each limited partner and some assignees of limited partners (in each case, that hold vested LTIP units) into common units, and we may also cause our operating partnership to convert vested LTIP units eligible for conversion into an equal number of common units, in each case subject to certain limitations.

If we are or our operating partnership is party to a transaction, including a merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or other business combination, as a result of which common units are exchanged for or converted into the right, or holders of common units are otherwise entitled, to receive cash, securities or other property (or any combination thereof), we must cause our operating partnership to convert any vested LTIP units then eligible for conversion into common units immediately before the transaction, taking into account any special allocations of income that would be made as a result of the transaction. Our operating partnership must use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each limited partner (other than a party to such a transaction or an affiliate of such a party) holding LTIP units that will be converted into common units in such a transaction to be afforded the right to receive the same kind and amount of cash, securities and other property (or any combination thereof) for such common units that each holder of common units receives in the transaction.

Transfer

Unless an applicable equity-based plan or the terms of an award agreement specify additional restrictions on transfer of LTIP units, LTIP units are transferable to the same extent as common units, as described above in “—Transfers and Withdrawals.”

Voting Rights

Limited partners holding LTIP units are entitled to vote together as a class with limited partners holding common units and performance units on all matters on which limited partners holding common units are entitled to vote or consent, and may cast one vote for each LTIP unit so held.

Adjustment of LTIP Units

If our operating partnership takes certain actions, including making a distribution of units on all outstanding common units, combining or subdividing the outstanding common units into a different number of common units or reclassifying the outstanding common units, we must adjust the number of outstanding LTIP units or subdivide or combine outstanding LTIP units to maintain a one-for-one conversion ratio and economic equivalence between common units and LTIP units.

Performance Units

Our operating partnership is authorized to issue a class of units of partnership interest designated as “performance units.” We may cause our operating partnership to issue performance units in one or more classes or series, with such terms as we may determine, to persons who provide services to or for the benefit of our operating partnership, for such consideration or for no consideration as we may determine to be appropriate, and we may admit such persons as limited partners of our operating partnership, without the approval or consent of any limited partner. Performance units may be subject to vesting, forfeiture and restrictions on transfer and receipt of distributions pursuant to the terms of any applicable equity-based plan and the terms of any award agreement relating to the issuance of the performance units.

Distributions

Holders of vested performance units shall be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per performance unit equal to the amount that would have been payable if such performance unit had been a common unit and

36

holders of unvested performance units shall be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per performance unit equal to the product of the distribution made to the holders of common units per common unit multiplied by 10%, except that distributions payable to the holders of performance units upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our operating partnership may not exceed the positive capital account balances attributable to the performance units.

Conversion Rights

Vested performance units are convertible at the option of each limited partner and some assignees of limited partners (in each case, that hold vested performance units) into common units, and we may also cause our operating partnership to convert vested performance units eligible for conversion into an equal number of common units, in each case subject to certain limitations.

If we are or our operating partnership is party to a transaction, including a merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or other business combination, as a result of which common units are exchanged for or converted into the right, or holders of common units are otherwise entitled, to receive cash, securities or other property (or any combination thereof), we must cause our operating partnership to convert any vested performance units then eligible for conversion into common units immediately before the transaction, taking into account any special allocations of income that would be made as a result of the transaction. Our operating partnership must use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each limited partner (other than a party to such a transaction or an affiliate of such a party) holding performance units that will be converted into common units in such a transaction to be afforded the right to receive the same kind and amount of cash, securities and other property (or any combination thereof) for such common units that each holder of common units receives in the transaction.

Transfer

Unless an applicable equity-based plan or the terms of an award agreement specify additional restrictions on transfer of performance units, performance units are transferable to the same extent as common units, as described above in “—Transfers and Withdrawals.”

Voting Rights

Limited partners holding performance units are entitled to vote together as a class with limited partners holding common units and LTIP units on all matters on which limited partners holding common units are entitled to vote or consent, and may cast one vote for each performance units so held.

Adjustment of Performance Units

If our operating partnership takes certain actions, including making a distribution of units on all outstanding common units, combining or subdividing the outstanding common units into a different number of common units or reclassifying the outstanding common units, we must adjust the number of outstanding performance units or subdivide or combine outstanding performance units to maintain a one-for-one conversion ratio and economic equivalence between common units and performance units.

37

MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF THE COMPANY’S CHARTER AND BYLAWS

The following summary of certain provisions of Maryland law and the Company’s charter and bylaws does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to Maryland law and the Company’s charter and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

The Company’s Board of Directors

The Company’s charter and bylaws provide that the number of directors of the Company may be established, increased or decreased only by a majority of the Company’s entire board of directors but may not be fewer than the minimum number required under the MGCL nor, unless the Company’s bylaws are amended, more than 15.

At each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, the stockholders will elect each of the Company’s directors to serve until the next annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies under the MGCL. Holders of shares of the Company’s common stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors. In uncontested elections, directors are elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the votes cast “for” and “against” each director nominee. In contested elections, directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast. An election will be considered to be contested if the Company’s secretary has received notice that a stockholder has nominated or proposes to nominate one or more persons for election as a director, which notice complies or purports to comply with the requirements for advance notice of stockholder nominations set forth in the Company’s bylaws, and the nomination or proposed nomination has not been withdrawn at least 14 days prior to the date that the Company’s proxy statement with respect to the meeting at which such nomination or proposed nomination would be made is first released to stockholders and would thereby cause the number of nominees and proposed nominees to exceed the number of directors to be elected at the meeting, irrespective of whether such notice complies with the requirements for advance notice of stockholder nominations set forth in the Company’s bylaws or such nomination or proposed nomination is thereafter withdrawn by such stockholder.

The Company has elected by a provision of its charter to be subject to a provision of Maryland law requiring that, except as otherwise provided in the terms of any class or series of the Company’s stock, vacancies on the Company’s board of directors may be filled only by the remaining directors and that any individual elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Removal of Directors

The Company’s charter provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in the Company’s charter) and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the exclusive power of the Company’s board of directors to fill vacant directorships, may preclude stockholders from removing incumbent directors and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees.

Business Combinations

Under the MGCL, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in certain circumstances specified under the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and any interested stockholder, or an affiliate of such an interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as:

• any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or

38

• an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. In approving a transaction, however, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of the approval, with any terms and conditions determined by it.

After such five-year period, any such business combination must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

• 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

• two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These supermajority approval requirements do not apply if, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business combinations that are approved or exempted by a corporation’s board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Pursuant to the statute, the Company’s board of directors has by resolution exempted from the business combination provisions of the MGCL, and, consequently, the five-year prohibition and the supermajority vote requirements will not apply to, business combinations between the Company and any interested stockholder that have been approved by the Company’s board, including a majority of the Company’s directors who are not affiliated with the interested stockholder, unless the Company’s board in the future alters or repeals this resolution. As a result, anyone who is or later becomes an interested stockholder may be able to enter into business combinations with the Company without compliance by the Company with the five-year moratorium, supermajority vote requirements and the other provisions of the statute.

The Company cannot assure you that its board of directors will not opt to be subject to such business combination provisions in the future. However, an alteration or repeal of this resolution will not have any effect on any business combinations that have been consummated or upon any agreements existing at the time of such modification or repeal.

Control Share Acquisitions

The MGCL provides that a holder of “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” has no voting rights with respect to such shares except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors, generally, but excluding shares held (or entitled to be voted) by: (1) the person who has made or proposes to make the control share acquisition, (2) any officer of the corporation or (3) any employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation. “Control shares” are voting shares of stock that, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges:

• one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

• one-third or more but less than a majority; or

• a majority or more of all voting power.

39

Control shares do not include shares that the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of ownership of, or the power to direct the exercise of voting power with respect to, issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses and making an “acquiring person statement” as described in the MGCL), may compel the board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the control shares. If no request for a special meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

If voting rights of control shares are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an “acquiring person statement” as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or, if a meeting of stockholders is held at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved, as of the date of the meeting. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

The control share acquisition statute does not apply (1) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (2) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.

The Company’s bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all control share acquisitions by any person of shares of the Company’s stock. The Company’s board of directors may amend or eliminate this provision at any time in the future.

Subtitle 8

Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of the following five provisions:

• a classified board;

• a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director;

• a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of the directors;

• a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; or

• a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.

The Company has elected by a provision in its charter to be subject to the provisions of Subtitle 8 relating to the filling of vacancies on the Company’s board of directors. Through provisions in the Company’s charter and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, the Company already (1) requires a two-thirds vote for the removal of any director elected by holders of the Company’s common stock from the board, which removal must be for cause, (2) vests in the board the exclusive power to fix the number of directorships, subject to limitations set forth in the Company’s charter and bylaws, and (3) requires, unless called by the chairman of the Company’s board of

40

directors, the Company’s president, the Company’s chief executive officer or the Company’s board of directors, the request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on a matter at such meeting to call a special meeting to consider and vote on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders. The Company has not elected to create a classified board. In the future, the Company’s board of directors may elect, without stockholder approval, to create a classified board or adopt one or more of the other provisions of Subtitle 8.

Amendments to The Company’s Charter and Bylaws

The Company’s charter generally may be amended only if such amendment is declared advisable by the Company’s board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, except that the provisions of the Company’s charter relating to the removal of directors and the vote required to amend the removal provision may be amended only with the approval of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. The Company’s board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of the Company’s bylaws or to make new bylaws.

Meetings of Stockholders

Under the Company’s bylaws, annual meetings of stockholders will be held each year at a date and time determined by the Company’s board of directors. Special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the Company’s board of directors, the chairman of the Company’s board of directors, the Company’s president or the Company’s chief executive officer. Additionally, subject to the provisions of the Company’s bylaws, special meetings of the stockholders to act on any matter must be called by the Company’s secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on such matter who have requested the special meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, the Company’s bylaws.

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

The Company’s bylaws provide that:

• with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to the Company’s board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders at the annual meeting may be made only:

• pursuant to the Company’s notice of the meeting;

• by or at the direction of the Company’s board of directors; or

• by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time the stockholder provides the notice required by the Company’s bylaws and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, the Company’s bylaws; and

• with respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in the Company’s notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting of stockholders, and nominations of individuals for election to the Company’s board of directors may be made only:

• by or at the direction of the Company’s board of directors; or

• provided that the meeting has been called in accordance with the Company’s bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record both at the time the stockholder provides the notice required by the Company’s bylaws and at the time of the meeting,

41

who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, the Company’s bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give advance notice of nominations and other proposals is to afford the Company’s board of directors the opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees or the advisability of the other proposals and, to the extent considered necessary by the Company’s board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations regarding the nominations or other proposals. The advance notice procedures also permit a more orderly procedure for conducting stockholder meetings. Although the Company’s bylaws do not give the Company’s board of directors the power to disapprove timely stockholder nominations and proposals, the Company’s bylaws may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or proposals for other action if the proper procedures are not followed, and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors to the Company’s board of directors or to approve its own proposal.

Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and the Company’s Charter and Bylaws

The supermajority vote required to remove directors, the restrictions on ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock, the Company’s election to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 generally vesting in the Company’s board of directors the exclusive power to fill vacancies on the Company’s board of directors and the advance notice provisions of the Company’s bylaws could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of the Company that might involve a premium price for the Company’s common stock or that the Company’s common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests. Likewise, if the Company’s board of directors were to elect to be subject to the business combination provisions of the MGCL or the provision of Subtitle 8 providing for a classified board or if the provision in the Company’s bylaws opting out of the control share acquisition provisions of the MGCL were amended or rescinded, these provisions of the MGCL could have similar anti-takeover effects.

Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision eliminating the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. The Company’s charter contains a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The MGCL requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which the Company’s charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

• the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and:

• was committed in bad faith; or

• was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

• the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

• in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

42

However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify a director or officer for an adverse judgment in a suit by or on behalf of the corporation or if the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses.

In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of:

• a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

• a written undertaking by the director or officer or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that he or she did not meet the standard of conduct.

The Company’s charter and bylaws obligate the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding without requiring a preliminary determination of the individual’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification to:

• any present or former director or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

• any individual who, while a director or officer of the Company and at the Company’s request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

The Company’s charter and bylaws also permit it, with the approval of the Company’s board of directors, to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of the Company in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of the Company or a predecessor of the Company.

The partnership agreement of our operating partnership also provides that the Company, as general partner, and the Company’s directors, officers and employees, officers and employees as well as any of the Company’s designees are indemnified against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (whether joint or several), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of our operating partnership, except (1) if the act or omission of such person was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (2) for any transaction for which such person received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement, or (3) in the case of a criminal proceeding, if the person had reasonable cause to believe the act or omission was unlawful. Our operating partnership must also pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses of any such person upon its receipt of a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to repay any amounts paid or advanced if it is ultimately determined that the person did not meet the standard of conduct for indemnification. Our operating partnership will not indemnify or advance funds to any person with respect to any action initiated by the person seeking indemnification (other than an action to enforce such person’s right to indemnification under the partnership agreement) without the Company’s approval or if the person is found to be liable to our operating partnership on any portion of any claim in the action. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Exculpation and Indemnification.”

Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and

43

Exchange Commission, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Indemnification Agreements

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its executive officers and directors as described in “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of the Company’s Stock

The Company’s charter contains restrictions on the ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock that are intended to assist the Company in continuing to qualify as a REIT. Subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s charter provides that no person or entity may beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the applicable constructive ownership provisions of the Code, more than 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, or 9.8% (in value) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of the Company’s capital stock. For more information regarding these and other restrictions on the ownership and transfer of the Company’s stock imposed by the Company’s charter and the remedies for a violation of such restrictions, see “Description of Common Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer,” and “Description of Preferred Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” and “Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

REIT Qualification

The Company’s charter provides that the Company’s board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate the Company’s REIT election, without approval of the Company’s stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in the Company’s best interest to continue to be qualified as a REIT.

44

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a general summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding our election to be taxed as a REIT, the exercise of redemption rights with respect to the common units, and the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities. Supplemental U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to the ownership of the securities offered by this prospectus may be provided in the prospectus supplement that relates to those securities. For purposes of this discussion, references to “we,” “our” and “us” mean only Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and do not include any of its subsidiaries, except as otherwise indicated. This summary is for general information only and is not tax advice. The information in this summary is based on:

• the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code;

• current, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, or the Treasury Regulations;

• the legislative history of the Code;

• administrative interpretations and practices of the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS; and

• court decisions;

in each case, as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, the administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS include its practices and policies as expressed in private letter rulings that are not binding on the IRS except with respect to the particular taxpayers who requested and received those rulings. The sections of the Code and the corresponding Treasury Regulations that relate to qualification and taxation as a REIT are highly technical and complex. The following discussion sets forth certain material aspects of the sections of the Code that govern the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a REIT and its stockholders. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the applicable Code provisions, Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof. Potential tax reforms may result in significant changes to the rules governing U.S. federal income taxation. New legislation, Treasury Regulations, administrative interpretations and practices and/or court decisions may significantly and adversely affect our ability to qualify as a REIT, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of such qualification, or the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our capital stock or our operating partnership’s debt securities, including those described in this discussion. Moreover, the law relating to the tax treatment of other entities, or an investment in other entities, could change, making an investment in such other entities more attractive relative to an investment in a REIT. Any such changes could apply retroactively to transactions preceding the date of the change. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, any rulings from the IRS that we qualify as a REIT, and the statements in this prospectus are not binding on the IRS or any court. Thus, we can provide no assurance that the tax considerations contained in this discussion will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS. This summary does not discuss any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences, or any tax consequences arising under any U.S. federal tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws, associated with the exercise of redemption rights with respect to the common units, the acquisition, ownership, or disposition of our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities, or our election to be taxed as a REIT.

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to you of:

• the exercise of redemption rights with respect to the common units;

• the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities, including the U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S. and other tax consequences;

• our election to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

• potential changes in applicable tax laws.

45

Tax Consequences of the Exercise of Redemption Rights

If you are a holder of common units and you exercise your right to require our operating partnership to redeem all or part of your common units, and we elect to acquire some or all of your common units in exchange for our common stock, the exchange will be a taxable transaction. You generally will recognize gain in an amount equal to the value of the common stock received, plus the amount of liabilities of our operating partnership allocable to your common units being acquired, less your tax basis in those units. The recognition of any loss is subject to a number of limitations set forth in the Code. The character of any gain or loss as capital or ordinary, or any gain as recapture gain under Section 1250 of the Code, will depend on the nature of the assets of our operating partnership at the time of the exchange. The tax treatment of any redemption of your units by our operating partnership for cash may be similar, depending on your circumstances.

Taxation of Our Company

General

We have elected to be taxed as a REIT under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2010. We believe that we have been organized and have operated in a manner that has allowed us to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the Code commencing with such taxable year, and we intend to continue to be organized and operate in this manner. However, qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet the various qualification tests imposed under the Code, including through actual operating results, asset composition, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that we have been organized and have operated, or will continue to be organized and operate, in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT. See “—Failure to Qualify” for potential tax consequences if we fail to qualify as a REIT.

Latham & Watkins LLP has acted as our tax counsel in connection with this prospectus and our election to be taxed as a REIT. Latham & Watkins LLP has rendered an opinion to us, as of the date of this prospectus, to the effect that, commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2010, we have been organized and have operated in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and our proposed method of operation will enable us to continue to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code. It must be emphasized that this opinion was based on various assumptions and representations as to factual matters, including representations made by us in a factual certificate provided by one of our officers. In addition, this opinion was based upon our factual representations set forth in this prospectus. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet the various qualification tests imposed under the Code, which are discussed below, including through actual operating results, asset composition, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership, the results of which have not been and will not be reviewed by Latham & Watkins LLP. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operation for any particular taxable year have satisfied or will satisfy those requirements. Further, the anticipated U.S. federal income tax treatment described in this discussion may be changed, perhaps retroactively, by legislative, administrative or judicial action at any time. Latham & Watkins LLP has no obligation to update its opinion subsequent to the date of such opinion.

Provided we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal corporate income taxes on our REIT taxable income that is currently distributed to our stockholders. This treatment substantially eliminates the “double taxation” that ordinarily results from investment in a C corporation. A C corporation is a corporation that generally is required to pay tax at the corporate level. Double taxation means taxation once at the corporate level when income is earned and once again at the stockholder level when the income is distributed. We will, however, be required to pay U.S. federal income tax as follows:

• First, we will be required to pay regular U.S. federal corporate income tax on any undistributed REIT taxable income, including undistributed capital gain.

• Second, if we have (1) net income from the sale or other disposition of “foreclosure property” held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business or (2) other nonqualifying income

46

from foreclosure property, we will be required to pay regular U.S. federal corporate income tax on this income. To the extent that income from foreclosure property is otherwise qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, this tax is not applicable. Subject to certain other requirements, foreclosure property generally is defined as property we acquired through foreclosure or after a default on a loan secured by the property or a lease of the property.

• Third, we will be required to pay a 100% tax on any net income from prohibited transactions. Prohibited transactions are, in general, sales or other taxable dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, held as inventory or primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.

• Fourth, if we fail to satisfy the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as described below, but have otherwise maintained our qualification as a REIT because certain other requirements are met, we will be required to pay a tax equal to (1) the greater of (A) the amount by which we fail to satisfy the 75% gross income test and (B) the amount by which we fail to satisfy the 95% gross income test, multiplied by (2) a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.

• Fifth, if we fail to satisfy any of the asset tests (other than a de minimis failure of the 5% or 10% asset tests), as described below, due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, and we nonetheless maintain our REIT qualification because of specified cure provisions, we will be required to pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate multiplied by the net income generated by the nonqualifying assets that caused us to fail such test.

• Sixth, if we fail to satisfy any provision of the Code that would result in our failure to qualify as a REIT (other than a violation of the gross income tests or certain violations of the asset tests, as described below) and the violation is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, we may retain our REIT qualification but we will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.

• Seventh, we will be required to pay a 4% excise tax to the extent we fail to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our ordinary income for the year, (2) 95% of our capital gain net income for the year, and (3) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods.

• Eighth, if we acquire any asset from a corporation that is or has been a C corporation in a transaction in which our tax basis in the asset is less than the fair market value of the asset, in each case determined as of the date on which we acquired the asset, and we subsequently recognize gain on the disposition of the asset during the five-year period beginning on the date on which we acquired the asset, then we generally will be required to pay regular U.S. federal corporate income tax on this gain to the extent of the excess of (1) the fair market value of the asset over (2) our adjusted tax basis in the asset, in each case determined as of the date on which we acquired the asset. The results described in this paragraph with respect to the recognition of gain assume that the C corporation will refrain from making an election to receive different treatment under applicable Treasury Regulations on its tax return for the year in which we acquire the asset from the C corporation. Under applicable Treasury Regulations, any gain from the sale of property we acquired in an exchange under Section 1031 (a like-kind exchange) or Section 1033 (an involuntary conversion) of the Code generally is excluded from the application of this built-in gains tax.

• Ninth, our subsidiaries that are C corporations, including our “taxable REIT subsidiaries” described below, generally will be required to pay regular U.S. federal corporate income tax on their earnings.

• Tenth, we will be required to pay a 100% tax on any “redetermined rents,” “redetermined deductions,” “excess interest” or “redetermined TRS service income,” as described below under “—Income Tests—Penalty Tax.” In general, redetermined rents are rents from real property that are overstated as a result of services furnished to any of our tenants by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours. Redetermined deductions and excess interest generally represent amounts that are deducted by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours for amounts paid to us that are in excess of the amounts that would have been deducted based on arm’s length negotiations. Redetermined TRS service income generally represents

47

income of a taxable REIT subsidiary that is understated as a result of services provided to us or on our behalf.

• Eleventh, we may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net capital gain. In that case, a stockholder would include its proportionate share of our undistributed capital gain (to the extent we make a timely designation of such gain to the stockholder) in its income, would be deemed to have paid the tax that we paid on such gain, and would be allowed a credit for its proportionate share of the tax deemed to have been paid, and an adjustment would be made to increase the tax basis of the stockholder in our capital stock.

• Twelfth, if we fail to comply with the requirement to send annual letters to our stockholders holding at least a certain percentage of our stock, as determined by Treasury Regulations, requesting information regarding the actual ownership of our stock, and the failure is not due to reasonable cause or due to willful neglect, we will be subject to a $25,000 penalty, or if the failure is intentional, a $50,000 penalty.

We and our subsidiaries may be subject to a variety of taxes other than U.S. federal income tax, including payroll taxes and state and local income, property and other taxes on our assets and operations.

Requirements for Qualification as a REIT. The Code defines a REIT as a corporation, trust or association:

(1) that is managed by one or more trustees or directors;

(2) that issues transferable shares or transferable certificates to evidence its beneficial ownership;

(3) that would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for Sections 856 through 860 of the Code;

(4) that is not a financial institution or an insurance company within the meaning of certain provisions of the Code;

(5) that is beneficially owned by 100 or more persons;

(6) not more than 50% in value of the outstanding stock of which is owned, actually or constructively, by five or fewer individuals, including certain specified entities, during the last half of each taxable year; and

(7) that meets other tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets and the amount of its distributions.

The Code provides that conditions (1) to (4), inclusive, must be met during the entire taxable year and that condition (5) must be met during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months. Conditions (5) and (6) do not apply until after the first taxable year for which an election is made to be taxed as a REIT. For purposes of condition (6), the term “individual” includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefit plan, a private foundation or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes, but generally does not include a qualified pension plan or profit sharing trust.

We believe that we have been organized and have operated in a manner that has allowed us, and will continue to allow us, to satisfy conditions (1) through (7) inclusive, during the relevant time periods. In addition, our charter provides for restrictions regarding ownership and transfer of our shares that are intended to assist us in continuing to satisfy the share ownership requirements described in conditions (5) and (6) above. A description of the share ownership and transfer restrictions relating to our outstanding capital stock is contained in the discussion in this prospectus under the heading “Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” These restrictions, however, do not ensure that we have previously satisfied, and may not ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to continue to satisfy, the share ownership requirements described in conditions (5) and (6) above. If we fail to satisfy these share ownership requirements, except as provided in the next sentence, our status as a

48

REIT will terminate. If, however, we comply with the rules contained in applicable Treasury Regulations that require us to ascertain the actual ownership of our shares and we do not know, or would not have known through the exercise of reasonable diligence, that we failed to meet the requirement described in condition (6) above, we will be treated as having met this requirement. See “—Failure to Qualify.”

In addition, we may not maintain our status as a REIT unless our taxable year is the calendar year. We have and will continue to have a calendar taxable year.

Ownership of Interests in Partnerships, Limited Liability Companies and Qualified REIT Subsidiaries. In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a partnership or a member in a limited liability company treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Treasury Regulations provide that the REIT will be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, based on its interest in partnership capital, subject to special rules relating to the 10% asset test described below. Also, the REIT will be deemed to be entitled to its proportionate share of the income of that entity. The assets and gross income of the partnership or limited liability company retain the same character in the hands of the REIT for purposes of Section 856 of the Code, including satisfying the gross income tests and the asset tests. Thus, our pro rata share of the assets and items of income of our operating partnership, including our operating partnership’s share of these items of any partnership or limited liability company treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes in which it owns an interest, is treated as our assets and items of income for purposes of applying the requirements described in this discussion, including the gross income and asset tests described below. A brief summary of the rules governing the U.S. federal income taxation of partnerships and limited liability companies is set forth below in “—Tax Aspects of Our Operating Partnership, the Subsidiary Partnerships and the Limited Liability Companies.”

We have control of our operating partnership and the subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies and intend to operate them in a manner consistent with the requirements for our qualification as a REIT. If we become a limited partner or non-managing member in any partnership or limited liability company and such entity takes or expects to take actions that could jeopardize our status as a REIT or require us to pay tax, we may be forced to dispose of our interest in such entity. In addition, it is possible that a partnership or limited liability company could take an action which could cause us to fail a gross income or asset test, and that we would not become aware of such action in time to dispose of our interest in the partnership or limited liability company or take other corrective action on a timely basis. In that case, we could fail to qualify as a REIT unless we were entitled to relief, as described below.

We may from time to time own and operate certain properties through wholly-owned subsidiaries that we intend to be treated as “qualified REIT subsidiaries” under the Code. A corporation will qualify as our qualified REIT subsidiary if we own 100% of the corporation’s outstanding stock and do not elect with the subsidiary to treat it as a “taxable REIT subsidiary,” as described below. A qualified REIT subsidiary is not treated as a separate corporation, and all assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of a qualified REIT subsidiary are treated as assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the parent REIT for all purposes under the Code, including all REIT qualification tests. Thus, in applying the U.S. federal tax requirements described in this discussion, any qualified REIT subsidiaries we own are ignored, and all assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of such corporations are treated as our assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. A qualified REIT subsidiary is not subject to U.S. federal income tax, and our ownership of the stock of a qualified REIT subsidiary will not violate the restrictions on ownership of securities, as described below under “—Asset Tests.”

Ownership of Interests in Taxable REIT Subsidiaries. We currently own an interest in one taxable REIT subsidiary and may acquire securities in additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. A taxable REIT subsidiary is a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) other than a REIT in which a REIT directly or indirectly holds stock, and that has made a joint election with such REIT to be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. If a taxable REIT subsidiary owns more than 35% of the total

49

voting power or value of the outstanding securities of another corporation, such other corporation will also be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. Other than some activities relating to lodging and health care facilities, a taxable REIT subsidiary may generally engage in any business, including the provision of customary or non-customary services to tenants of its parent REIT. A taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to U.S. federal income tax as a regular C corporation. A REIT’s ownership of securities of a taxable REIT subsidiary is not subject to the 5% or 10% asset test described below. See “—Asset Tests.” For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, taxpayers are subject to a limitation on their ability to deduct net business interest generally equal to 30% of adjusted taxable income, subject to certain exceptions. See “—Annual Distribution Requirements.” While not certain, this provision may limit the ability of our taxable REIT subsidiaries to deduct interest, which could increase their taxable income.

Ownership of Interests in Subsidiary REITs. We own and may acquire direct or indirect interests in entities that have elected or will elect to be taxed as REITs under the Code (each, a “Subsidiary REIT”). A Subsidiary REIT is subject to the various REIT qualification requirements and other limitations described herein that are applicable to us. If a Subsidiary REIT were to fail to qualify as a REIT, then (i) that Subsidiary REIT would become subject to U.S. federal income tax and (ii) the Subsidiary REIT’s failure to qualify could have an adverse effect on our ability to comply with the REIT income and asset tests, and thus could impair our ability to qualify as a REIT unless we could avail ourselves of certain relief provisions.

Income Tests

We must satisfy two gross income requirements annually to maintain our qualification as a REIT. First, in each taxable year we must derive directly or indirectly at least 75% of our gross income (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, certain hedging transactions, and certain foreign currency gains) from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property, including “rents from real property,” dividends from other REITs and, in certain circumstances, interest, or certain types of temporary investments. Second, in each taxable year we must derive at least 95% of our gross income (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, certain hedging transactions, and certain foreign currency gains) from the real property investments described above or dividends, interest and gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, or any combination of the foregoing. For these purposes, the term “interest” generally does not include any amount received or accrued, directly or indirectly, if the determination of all or some of the amount depends in any way on the income or profits of any person. However, an amount received or accrued generally will not be excluded from the term “interest” solely by reason of being based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.

Rents we receive from a tenant will qualify as “rents from real property” for the purpose of satisfying the gross income requirements for a REIT described above only if all of the following conditions are met:

• The amount of rent is not based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. However, an amount we receive or accrue generally will not be excluded from the term “rents from real property” solely because it is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales;

• Neither we nor an actual or constructive owner of 10% or more of our capital stock actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the interests in the assets or net profits of a non-corporate tenant, or, if the tenant is a corporation, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote or 10% or more of the total value of all classes of stock of the tenant. Rents we receive from such a tenant that is a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours, however, will not be excluded from the definition of “rents from real property” as a result of this condition if at least 90% of the space at the property to which the rents relate is leased to third parties, and the rents paid by the taxable REIT subsidiary are substantially comparable to rents paid by our other tenants for comparable space. Whether rents paid by a taxable REIT subsidiary are substantially comparable to rents paid by other tenants is determined at the time the lease with the taxable REIT subsidiary is entered into, extended, and modified, if such modification increases the rents due under such lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if a lease with a “controlled taxable REIT subsidiary” is modified and such

50

modification results in an increase in the rents payable by such taxable REIT subsidiary, any such increase will not qualify as “rents from real property.” For purposes of this rule, a “controlled taxable REIT subsidiary” is a taxable REIT subsidiary in which the parent REIT owns stock possessing more than 50% of the voting power or more than 50% of the total value of the outstanding stock of such taxable REIT subsidiary. We currently lease space to wholly owned subsidiaries of our taxable REIT subsidiary at our media and entertainment properties and may, from time to time, enter into additional leases with one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries. To the extent any rent from such lease does not satisfy the 90% rental exception described above, our receipt of such rent will not qualify under the gross income tests;

• Rent attributable to personal property, leased in connection with a lease of real property, is not greater than 15% of the total rent received under the lease. If this condition is not met, then the portion of the rent attributable to personal property will not qualify as “rents from real property.” To the extent that rent attributable to personal property, leased in connection with a lease of real property, exceeds 15% of the total rent received under the lease, we may transfer a portion of such personal property to a taxable REIT subsidiary. From time to time, one or more of our taxable REIT subsidiaries may own personal property leased to tenants at certain of our properties; and

• We generally may not operate or manage the property or furnish or render services to our tenants, subject to a 1% de minimis exception and except as provided below. We may, however, perform services that are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not otherwise considered “rendered to the occupant” of the property. Examples of these services include the provision of light, heat, or other utilities, trash removal and general maintenance of common areas. In addition, we may employ an independent contractor from whom we derive no revenue to provide customary services to our tenants, or a taxable REIT subsidiary (which may be wholly or partially owned by us) to provide both customary and non-customary services to our tenants without causing the rent we receive from those tenants to fail to qualify as “rents from real property.” From time to time, one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries may provide non-customary services to our tenants at certain of our properties. Any amounts we receive from a taxable REIT subsidiary with respect to the taxable REIT subsidiary’s provision of non-customary services will, however, be nonqualifying income under the 75% gross income test and, except to the extent received through the payment of dividends, the 95% gross income test.

We generally do not intend, and as the general partner of our operating partnership, do not intend to permit our operating partnership, to take actions we believe will cause us to fail to satisfy the rental conditions described above. However, we may intentionally fail to satisfy some of these conditions to the extent we determine, based on the advice of our tax counsel, that the failure will not jeopardize our tax status as a REIT. In addition, with respect to the limitation on the rental of personal property, we generally have not obtained appraisals of the real property and personal property leased to tenants. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with our determinations of value.

Income we receive that is attributable to the rental of parking spaces at the properties generally will constitute rents from real property for purposes of the gross income tests if certain services provided with respect to the parking spaces are performed by independent contractors from whom we derive no revenue, either directly or indirectly, or by a taxable REIT subsidiary, and certain other conditions are met. We believe that the income we receive that is attributable to parking spaces meets these tests and, accordingly, will constitute rents from real property for purposes of the gross income tests.

From time to time, we may enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our hedging activities may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, options to purchase these items, and futures and forward contracts. Income from a hedging transaction, including gain from the sale or disposition of such a transaction, that is clearly identified as a hedging transaction as specified in the Code will not constitute gross income under, and thus will be exempt from, the 75% and 95% gross income tests.

51

The term “hedging transaction,” as used above, generally means (A) any transaction we enter into in the normal course of our business primarily to manage risk of (1) interest rate changes or fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made by us to acquire or carry real estate assets, or (2) currency fluctuations with respect to an item of qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income test or any property which generates such income and (B) new transactions entered into to hedge the income or loss from prior hedging transactions, where the property or indebtedness which was the subject of the prior hedging transaction was extinguished or disposed of. To the extent that we do not properly identify such transactions as hedges or we hedge with other types of financial instruments, the income from those transactions is not likely to be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the gross income tests. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our status as a REIT.

To the extent our taxable REIT subsidiaries pay dividends or interest, we generally will derive our allocable share of such dividend or interest income through our interest in our operating partnership. Such dividend or interest income will qualify under the 95%, but not the 75%, gross income test (except to the extent the interest is paid on a loan that is adequately secured by real property).

We will monitor the amount of the dividend and other income from our taxable REIT subsidiaries and will take actions intended to keep this income, and any other nonqualifying income, within the limitations of the gross income tests. Although we expect these actions will be sufficient to prevent a violation of the gross income tests, we cannot guarantee that such actions will in all cases prevent such a violation.

If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, we may nevertheless qualify as a REIT for the year if we are entitled to relief under certain provisions of the Code. We generally may make use of the relief provisions if:

• following our identification of the failure to meet the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, we file a schedule with the IRS setting forth each item of our gross income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for such taxable year in accordance with Treasury Regulations to be issued; and

• our failure to meet these tests was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.

It is not possible, however, to state whether in all circumstances we would be entitled to the benefit of these relief provisions. For example, if we fail to satisfy the gross income tests because nonqualifying income that we intentionally accrue or receive exceeds the limits on nonqualifying income, the IRS could conclude that our failure to satisfy the tests was not due to reasonable cause. If these relief provisions do not apply to a particular set of circumstances, we will not qualify as a REIT. See “—Failure to Qualify” below. As discussed above in “—General,” even if these relief provisions apply, and we retain our status as a REIT, a tax would be imposed with respect to our nonqualifying income. We may not always be able to comply with the gross income tests for REIT qualification despite periodic monitoring of our income.

Prohibited Transaction Income. Any gain that we realize on the sale of property held as inventory or otherwise held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, including our share of any such gain realized by our operating partnership, either directly or through its subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies, will be treated as income from a prohibited transaction that is subject to a 100% penalty tax, unless certain safe harbor exceptions apply. This prohibited transaction income may also adversely affect our ability to satisfy the gross income tests for qualification as a REIT. Under existing law, whether property is held as inventory or primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business is a question of fact that depends on all the facts and circumstances surrounding the particular transaction. As the general partner of our operating partnership, we intend to cause our operating partnership to hold its properties for investment with a view to long-term appreciation, to engage in the business of acquiring, developing and owning its properties and to make occasional sales of the properties as are consistent with our investment objectives. We do not intend, and do not intend to permit our operating partnership or its subsidiary partnerships or limited liability companies,

52

to enter into any sales that are prohibited transactions. However, the IRS may successfully contend that some or all of the sales made by our operating partnership or its subsidiary partnerships or limited liability companies are prohibited transactions. We would be required to pay the 100% penalty tax on our allocable share of the gains resulting from any such sales. The 100% penalty tax will not apply to gains from the sale of assets that are held through a taxable REIT subsidiary, but such income will be subject to regular U.S. federal corporate income tax.

Penalty Tax. Any redetermined rents, redetermined deductions, excess interest or redetermined TRS service income we generate will be subject to a 100% penalty tax. In general, redetermined rents are rents from real property that are overstated as a result of any services furnished to any of our tenants by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours, redetermined deductions and excess interest represent any amounts that are deducted by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours for amounts paid to us that are in excess of the amounts that would have been deducted based on arm’s length negotiations, and redetermined TRS service income is income of a taxable REIT subsidiary that is understated as a result of services provided to us or on our behalf. Rents we receive will not constitute redetermined rents if they qualify for certain safe harbor provisions contained in the Code.

Currently, certain wholly owned subsidiaries of our taxable REIT subsidiary provide services to certain of our tenants and pay rent to us and, from time to time, we may enter into additional leases with our taxable REIT subsidiaries that also provide services to our tenants. We believe we have set, and we intend to set in the future, any fees paid to our taxable REIT subsidiaries for such services, and any rent payable to us by our taxable REIT subsidiaries, at arm’s length rates, although the amounts paid may not satisfy the safe-harbor provisions described above. These determinations are inherently factual, and the IRS has broad discretion to assert that amounts paid between related parties should be reallocated to clearly reflect their respective incomes. If the IRS successfully made such an assertion, we would be required to pay a 100% penalty tax on any overstated rents paid to us, or any excess deductions or understated income of our taxable REIT subsidiaries.

Asset Tests

At the close of each calendar quarter of our taxable year, we must also satisfy certain tests relating to the nature and diversification of our assets. First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must be represented by real estate assets, cash, cash items and U.S. government securities. For purposes of this test, the term “real estate assets” generally means real property (including interests in real property and interests in mortgages on real property or on both real property and, to a limited extent, personal property), shares (or transferable certificates of beneficial interest) in other REITs, any stock or debt instrument attributable to the investment of the proceeds of a stock offering or a public offering of debt with a term of at least five years (but only for the one-year period beginning on the date the REIT receives such proceeds), debt instruments of publicly offered REITs, and personal property leased in connection with a lease of real property for which the rent attributable to personal property is not greater than 15% of the total rent received under the lease.

Second, not more than 25% of the value of our total assets may be represented by securities (including securities of taxable REIT subsidiaries), other than those securities includable in the 75% asset test.

Third, of the investments included in the 25% asset class, and except for certain investments in other REITs, our qualified REIT subsidiaries and taxable REIT subsidiaries, the value of any one issuer’s securities may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, and we may not own more than 10% of the total vote or value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer except, in the case of the 10% value test, securities satisfying the “straight debt” safe-harbor or securities issued by a partnership that itself would satisfy the 75% income test if it were a REIT. Certain types of securities we may own are disregarded as securities solely for purposes of the 10% value test, including, but not limited to, any loan to an individual or an estate, any obligation to pay rents from real property and any security issued by a REIT. In addition, solely for purposes of the 10% value test, the determination of our interest in the assets of a partnership or limited liability company in which we own an interest will be based on our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership or limited liability company, excluding for this purpose certain securities described in the Code. From time to time we may own

53

securities (including debt securities) of issuers that do not qualify as a REIT, a qualified REIT subsidiary or a taxable REIT subsidiary. We intend that our ownership of any such securities will be structured in a manner that allows us to comply with the asset tests described above.

Fourth, not more than 20% (25% for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2018) of the value of our total assets may be represented by the securities of one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries. Our operating partnership currently owns 100% of the securities of a corporation that has elected, together with us, to be treated as our taxable REIT subsidiary, and we may acquire securities in additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. So long as each of these companies qualifies as a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours, we will not be subject to the 5% asset test, the 10% voting securities limitation or the 10% value limitation with respect to our ownership of the securities of such companies. We believe that the aggregate value of our taxable REIT subsidiary has not exceeded, and in the future will not exceed, 20% (25% for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2018) of the aggregate value of our gross assets. We generally do not obtain independent appraisals to support these conclusions. In addition, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with our determinations of value.

Fifth, not more than 25% of the value of our total assets may be represented by debt instruments of publicly offered REITs to the extent those debt instruments would not be real estate assets but for the inclusion of debt instruments of publicly offered REITs in the meaning of real estate assets, as described above (e.g., a debt instrument issued by a publicly offered REIT that is not secured by a mortgage on real property).

The asset tests must be satisfied at the close of each calendar quarter of our taxable year in which we (directly or through any partnership, limited liability company or qualified REIT subsidiary) acquire securities in the applicable issuer, and also at the close of each calendar quarter in which we increase our ownership of securities of such issuer (including as a result of an increase in our interest in any partnership or limited liability company that owns such securities). For example, our indirect ownership of securities of each issuer will increase as a result of our capital contributions to our operating partnership or as limited partners exercise their redemption/exchange rights. Also, after initially meeting the asset tests at the close of any quarter, we will not lose our status as a REIT for failure to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a later quarter solely by reason of changes in asset values. If we fail to satisfy an asset test because we acquire securities or other property during a quarter (including as a result of an increase in our interest in any partnership or limited liability company), we may cure this failure by disposing of sufficient nonqualifying assets within 30 days after the close of that quarter. We believe that we have maintained, and we intend to maintain, adequate records of the value of our assets to ensure compliance with the asset tests. If we fail to cure any noncompliance with the asset tests within the 30-day cure period, we would cease to qualify as a REIT unless we are eligible for certain relief provisions discussed below.

Certain relief provisions may be available to us if we discover a failure to satisfy the asset tests described above after the 30-day cure period. Under these provisions, we will be deemed to have met the 5% and 10% asset tests if the value of our nonqualifying assets (i) does not exceed the lesser of (a) 1% of the total value of our assets at the end of the applicable quarter or (b) $10,000,000, and (ii) we dispose of the nonqualifying assets or otherwise satisfy such tests within (a) six months after the last day of the quarter in which the failure to satisfy the asset tests is discovered or (b) the period of time prescribed by Treasury Regulations to be issued. For violations of any of the asset tests due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and that are, in the case of the 5% and 10% asset tests, in excess of the de minimis exception described above, we may avoid disqualification as a REIT after the 30-day cure period by taking steps including (i) the disposition of sufficient nonqualifying assets, or the taking of other actions, which allow us to meet the asset tests within (a) six months after the last day of the quarter in which the failure to satisfy the asset tests is discovered or (b) the period of time prescribed by Treasury Regulations to be issued, (ii) paying a tax equal to the greater of (a) $50,000 or (b) the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate multiplied by the net income generated by the nonqualifying assets, and (iii) disclosing certain information to the IRS.

54

Although we believe we have satisfied the asset tests described above and plan to take steps to ensure that we satisfy such tests for any quarter with respect to which retesting is to occur, there can be no assurance that we will always be successful, or will not require a reduction in our operating partnership’s overall interest in an issuer (including in a taxable REIT subsidiary). If we fail to cure any noncompliance with the asset tests in a timely manner, and the relief provisions described above are not available, we would cease to qualify as a REIT.

Annual Distribution Requirements

To maintain our qualification as a REIT, we are required to distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends, to our stockholders in an amount at least equal to the sum of:

• 90% of our “REIT taxable income”; and

• 90% of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property; minus

• the excess of the sum of certain items of non-cash income over 5% of our REIT taxable income.

For these purposes, our REIT taxable income is computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain. In addition, for purposes of this test, non-cash income generally means income attributable to leveled stepped rents, original issue discount, cancellation of indebtedness, or a like-kind exchange that is later determined to be taxable.

In addition, our REIT taxable income will be reduced by any taxes we are required to pay on any gain we recognize from the disposition of any asset we acquired from a corporation that is or has been a C corporation in a transaction in which our tax basis in the asset is less than the fair market value of the asset, in each case determined as of the date on which we acquired the asset, within the five-year period following our acquisition of such asset, as described above under “—General.”

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, and except as provided below, our deduction for net business interest expense will generally be limited to 30% of our taxable income, as adjusted for certain items of income, gain, deduction or loss. Any business interest deduction that is disallowed due to this limitation may be carried forward to future taxable years. If we are subject to this interest expense limitation, our REIT taxable income for a taxable year may be increased. Taxpayers that conduct certain real estate businesses may elect not to have this interest expense limitation apply to them, provided that they use an alternative depreciation system to depreciate certain property. We believe that we will be eligible to make this election. If we make this election, although we would not be subject to the interest expense limitation described above, our depreciation deductions may be reduced and, as a result, our REIT taxable income for a taxable year may be increased.

We generally must pay, or be treated as paying, the distributions described above in the taxable year to which they relate. At our election, a distribution will be treated as paid in a taxable year if it is declared before we timely file our tax return for such year and paid on or before the first regular dividend payment after such declaration, provided such payment is made during the 12-month period following the close of such year. These distributions are treated as received by our stockholders in the year in which they are paid. This is so even though these distributions relate to the prior year for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement. In order to be taken into account for purposes of our distribution requirement, except as provided below, the amount distributed must not be preferential—i.e., every stockholder of the class of stock to which a distribution is made must be treated the same as every other stockholder of that class, and no class of stock may be treated other than according to its dividend rights as a class. This preferential limitation will not apply to distributions made by us, provided we qualify as a “publicly offered REIT.” We believe that we are, and expect we will continue to be, a “publicly offered REIT.” However, Subsidiary REITs we may own from time to time may not be publicly offered REITs.

To the extent that we do not distribute all of our net capital gain, or distribute at least 90%, but less than 100%, of our REIT taxable income, as adjusted, we will be required to pay regular U.S. federal corporate income

55

tax on the undistributed amount. We believe that we have made, and we intend to continue to make, timely distributions sufficient to satisfy these annual distribution requirements and to minimize our corporate tax obligations. In this regard, the partnership agreement of our operating partnership authorizes us, as its general partner, to take such steps as may be necessary to cause our operating partnership to distribute to its partners an amount sufficient to permit us to meet these distribution requirements and to minimize our corporate tax obligation.

We expect that our REIT taxable income will be less than our cash flow because of depreciation and other non-cash charges included in computing REIT taxable income. Accordingly, we anticipate that we generally will have sufficient cash or liquid assets to enable us to satisfy the distribution requirements described above. However, from time to time, we may not have sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet these distribution requirements due to timing differences between the actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses, and the inclusion of income and deduction of expenses in determining our taxable income. In addition, we may decide to retain our cash, rather than distribute it, in order to repay debt or for other reasons. If these timing differences occur, we may borrow funds to pay dividends or pay dividends in the form of taxable stock distributions in order to meet the distribution requirements, while preserving our cash.

Under some circumstances, we may be able to rectify an inadvertent failure to meet the 90% distribution requirement for a year by paying “deficiency dividends” to our stockholders in a later year, which may be included in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. In that case, we may be able to avoid being taxed on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends, subject to the 4% excise tax described below. However, we will be required to pay interest to the IRS based upon the amount of any deduction claimed for deficiency dividends. While the payment of a deficiency dividend will apply to a prior year for purposes of our REIT distribution requirements, it will be treated as an additional distribution to our stockholders in the year such dividend is paid.

In addition, if a dividend a Subsidiary REIT has paid is treated as a preferential dividend, in lieu of treating the dividend as not counting toward satisfying the 90% distribution requirement, the IRS may provide a remedy to cure such failure if the IRS determines that such failure is (or is of a type that is) inadvertent or due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.

Furthermore, we will be required to pay a 4% excise tax to the extent we fail to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of 85% of our ordinary income for such year, 95% of our capital gain net income for the year and any undistributed taxable income from prior periods. Any ordinary income and net capital gain on which corporate income tax is imposed for any year is treated as an amount distributed during that year for purposes of calculating this excise tax.

For purposes of the 90% distribution requirement and excise tax described above, dividends declared during the last three months of the taxable year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date during such period and paid during January of the following year, will be treated as paid by us and received by our stockholders on December 31 of the year in which they are declared.

Like-Kind Exchanges

We may dispose of real property that is not held primarily for sale in transactions intended to qualify as like-kind exchanges under the Code. Such like-kind exchanges are intended to result in the deferral of gain for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The failure of any such transaction to qualify as a like-kind exchange could require us to pay U.S. federal income tax, possibly including the 100% prohibited transaction tax, or deficiency dividends, depending on the facts and circumstances surrounding the particular transaction.

Tax Liabilities and Attributes Inherited in Connection with Acquisitions

From time to time, we or our operating partnership may acquire other corporations or entities and, in connection with such acquisitions, we may succeed to the historical tax attributes and liabilities of such entities.

56

For example, if we acquire a C corporation and subsequently dispose of its assets within five years of the acquisition, we could be required to pay the built-in gain tax described above under “—General.” In addition, in order to qualify as a REIT, at the end of any taxable year, we must not have any earnings and profits accumulated in a non-REIT year. As a result, if we acquire a C corporation, we must distribute the corporation’s earnings and profits accumulated prior to the acquisition before the end of the taxable year in which we acquire the corporation. We also could be required to pay the acquired entity’s unpaid taxes even though such liabilities arose prior to the time we acquired the entity.

Moreover, we may from time to time acquire other REITs through a merger or acquisition. If any such REIT failed to qualify as a REIT for any of its taxable years, such REIT would be liable for (and we, as the surviving corporation in the merger or acquisition, would be obligated to pay) regular U.S. federal corporate income tax on its taxable income, and if the merger or acquisition is a transaction in which our tax basis in the assets of such REIT is less than the fair market value of the assets, in each case, determined at the time of the merger or acquisition, we would be subject to tax on the built-in gain on each asset of such REIT as described above if we were to dispose of the asset in a taxable transaction during the five-year period following the merger or acquisition. Moreover, even if such REIT qualified as a REIT at all relevant times, we would similarly be liable for other unpaid taxes (if any) of such REIT (such as the 100% tax on gains from any sales treated as “prohibited transactions” as described above under “—Income Tests—Prohibited Transaction Income”).

Furthermore, after our acquisition of another corporation or entity, the asset and income tests will apply to all of our assets, including the assets we acquire from such corporation or entity, and to all of our income, including the income derived from the assets we acquire from such corporation or entity. As a result, the nature of the assets that we acquire from such corporation or entity and the income we derive from those assets may have an effect on our tax status as a REIT.

Failure to Qualify

If we discover a violation of a provision of the Code that would result in our failure to qualify as a REIT, certain specified cure provisions may be available to us. Except with respect to violations of the gross income tests and asset tests (for which the cure provisions are described above), and provided the violation is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, these cure provisions generally impose a $50,000 penalty for each violation in lieu of a loss of REIT status. If we fail to satisfy the requirements for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year, and the relief provisions do not apply, we will be required to pay regular U.S. federal corporate income tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2018, on our taxable income. Distributions to stockholders in any year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT will not be deductible by us. As a result, we anticipate that our failure to qualify as a REIT would reduce the cash available for distribution by us to our stockholders. In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, we will not be required to distribute any amounts to our stockholders and all distributions to stockholders will be taxable as regular corporate dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, corporate distributees may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. In addition, non-corporate stockholders, including individuals, may be eligible for the preferential tax rates on qualified dividend income. Non-corporate stockholders, including individuals, generally may deduct up to 20% of dividends from a REIT, other than capital gain dividends and dividends treated as qualified dividend income, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026. If we fail to qualify as a REIT, such stockholders may not claim this deduction with respect to dividends paid by us. Unless entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we would also be ineligible to elect to be treated as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year for which we lose our qualification. It is not possible to state whether in all circumstances we would be entitled to this statutory relief.

Tax Aspects of Our Operating Partnership, the Subsidiary Partnerships and the Limited Liability Companies

General. All of our investments are held indirectly through our operating partnership. In addition, our operating partnership holds certain of its investments indirectly through subsidiary partnerships and limited

57

liability companies which we believe have been and will continue to be treated as partnerships or disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, entities that are treated as partnerships or disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes are “pass-through” entities which are not required to pay U.S. federal income tax. Rather, partners or members of such entities are allocated their shares of the items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the partnership or limited liability company, and are potentially required to pay tax on this income, without regard to whether they receive a distribution from the partnership or limited liability company. We will include in our income our share of these partnership and limited liability company items for purposes of the various gross income tests, the computation of our REIT taxable income, and the REIT distribution requirements. Moreover, for purposes of the asset tests, we will include our pro rata share of assets held by our operating partnership, including its share of the assets of its subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies, based on our capital interests in each such entity. See “—Taxation of Our Company—General—Ownership of Interests in Partnerships, Limited Liability Companies and Qualified REIT Subsidiaries.”

Entity Classification. Our interests in our operating partnership and the subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies involve special tax considerations, including the possibility that the IRS might challenge the status of these entities as partnerships (or disregarded entities). For example, an entity that would otherwise be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes may nonetheless be taxable as a corporation if it is a “publicly traded partnership” and certain other requirements are met. A partnership or limited liability company would be treated as a publicly traded partnership if its interests are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or a substantial equivalent thereof, within the meaning of applicable Treasury Regulations. We do not anticipate that our operating partnership or any subsidiary partnership or limited liability company will be treated as a publicly traded partnership that is taxable as a corporation. However, if any such entity were treated as a corporation, it would be required to pay an entity-level tax on its income. In this situation, the character of our assets and items of gross income would change and could prevent us from satisfying the REIT asset tests and possibly the REIT income tests. See “—Asset Tests” and “—Income Tests.” This, in turn, could prevent us from qualifying as a REIT. See “—Failure to Qualify” for a discussion of the effect of our failure to meet these tests. In addition, a change in the tax status of our operating partnership or a subsidiary partnership or limited liability company to a corporation might be treated as a taxable event. If so, we might incur a tax liability without any related cash payment. We believe our operating partnership and each of the subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies have been and will continue to be treated as partnerships or disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Allocations of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction. The operating partnership agreement generally provides that allocations of net income will be made first to holders of series A preferred units to the extent of the accrued preferred return on such units. To the extent we issue a new class of preferred stock, we expect to contribute the net proceeds from such issuance to the operating partnership in exchange for a new class of preferred units, which will be entitled to allocations of net income in accordance with their terms. Any remaining net income will be allocated to holders of common units, subject to certain special allocations with respect to LTIP units and performance units. Allocations to holders of common units will generally be made proportionately to all such holders in respect of such units.

If an allocation of partnership income or loss does not comply with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, the item subject to the allocation will be reallocated in accordance with the partners’ interests in the partnership. This reallocation will be determined by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances relating to the economic arrangement of the partners with respect to such item. The allocations of taxable income and loss of our operating partnership and any subsidiaries that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

Tax Allocations With Respect to the Properties. Under Section 704(c) of the Code, income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to appreciated or depreciated property that is contributed to a partnership (including a

58

limited liability company treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) in exchange for an interest in the partnership, must be allocated in a manner so that the contributing partner is charged with the unrealized gain or benefits from the unrealized loss associated with the property at the time of the contribution. The amount of the unrealized gain or unrealized loss generally is equal to the difference between the fair market value or book value and the adjusted tax basis of the contributed property at the time of contribution (this difference is referred to as a book-tax difference), as adjusted from time to time. These allocations are solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes and do not affect the book capital accounts or other economic or legal arrangements among the partners.

Our operating partnership may, from time to time, acquire interests in property in exchange for interests in our operating partnership. In that case, the tax basis of these property interests generally will carry over to our operating partnership, notwithstanding their different book (i.e., fair market) value. The partnership agreement requires that income and loss allocations with respect to these properties be made in a manner consistent with Section 704(c) of the Code. Treasury Regulations issued under Section 704(c) of the Code provide partnerships (including limited liability companies treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) with a choice of several methods of accounting for book-tax differences. Depending on the method we choose in connection with any particular contribution, the carryover basis of each of the contributed interests in the properties in the hands of our operating partnership (i) could cause us to be allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax purposes than would be allocated to us if any of the contributed properties were to have a tax basis equal to its respective fair market value at the time of the contribution and (ii) could cause us to be allocated taxable gain in the event of a sale of such contributed interests or properties in excess of the economic or book income allocated to us as a result of such sale, with a corresponding benefit to the other partners in our operating partnership. An allocation described in clause (ii) above might cause us or the other partners to recognize taxable income in excess of cash proceeds in the event of a sale or other disposition of property, which might adversely affect our ability to comply with the REIT distribution requirements. See “—General—Requirements for Qualification as a REIT” and “—Annual Distribution Requirements.”

Any property acquired by our operating partnership in a taxable transaction will initially have a tax basis equal to its fair market value, and Section 704(c) of the Code generally will not apply.

Partnership Audit Rules. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 changed the rules applicable to U.S. federal income tax audits of partnerships. Under the new rules (which are generally effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017), among other changes and subject to certain exceptions, any audit adjustment to items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of a partnership (and any partner’s distributive share thereof) is determined, and taxes, interest, or penalties attributable thereto are assessed and collected, at the partnership level. Although it is uncertain how certain aspects of these new rules will be implemented, it is possible that they could result in partnerships in which we directly or indirectly invest, including our operating partnership, being required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties as a result of an audit adjustment, and we, as a direct or indirect partner of these partnerships, could be required to bear the economic burden of those taxes, interest, and penalties even though we, as a REIT, may not otherwise have been required to pay additional corporate-level taxes as a result of the related audit adjustment. The changes created by these new rules are sweeping and in many respects dependent on the promulgation of future regulations or other guidance by the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to these changes and their potential impact on their investment in our capital stock.

Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Capital Stock and the Operating Partnership’s Debt Securities

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning and disposing of our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities. This

59

discussion is limited to holders who hold our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a holder’s particular circumstances. In addition, except where specifically noted, it does not address consequences relevant to holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

• U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

• persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

• U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

• persons holding our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

• banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

• REITs or regulated investment companies;

• brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

• “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

• S corporations, partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

• tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

• persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our capital stock or our operating partnership’s debt securities being taken into account in an applicable financial statement;

• persons deemed to sell our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; and

• persons who hold or receive our capital stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK OR THE OPERATING PARTNERSHIP’S DEBT SECURITIES ARISING UNDER OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS), UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities, as applicable, that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as:

• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

• a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

• an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

• a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

60

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities, as applicable, that is neither a U.S. holder nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities, as applicable, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities, as applicable, and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

Taxation of Taxable U.S. Holders of Our Capital Stock

Distributions Generally. Distributions out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as dividends and, other than with respect to capital gain dividends and certain amounts which have previously been subject to corporate level tax, as discussed below, will be taxable to our taxable U.S. holders as ordinary income when actually or constructively received. See “—Tax Rates” below. As long as we qualify as a REIT, these distributions will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of U.S. holders that are corporations or, except to the extent described in “—Tax Rates” below, the preferential rates on qualified dividend income applicable to non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals. For purposes of determining whether distributions to holders of our capital stock are out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, our earnings and profits will be allocated first to our outstanding preferred stock, if any, and then to our outstanding common stock.

To the extent that we make distributions on our capital stock in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits allocable to such stock, these distributions will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to a U.S. holder to the extent of the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such shares of stock. This treatment will reduce the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such shares by such amount, but not below zero. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits and in excess of a U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares will be taxable as capital gain. Such gain will be taxable as long-term capital gain if the shares have been held for more than one year. Dividends we declare in October, November, or December of any year and which are payable to a holder of record on a specified date in any of these months will be treated as both paid by us and received by the holder on December 31 of that year, provided we actually pay the dividend on or before January 31 of the following year. U.S. holders may not include in their own income tax returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses.

U.S. holders that receive taxable stock distributions, including distributions partially payable in our capital stock and partially payable in cash, would be required to include the full amount of the distribution (i.e., the cash and the stock portion) as a dividend (subject to limited exceptions) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as described above. The amount of any distribution payable in our capital stock generally is equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of the capital stock. Depending on the circumstances of a U.S. holder, the tax on the distribution may exceed the amount of the distribution received in cash, in which case such U.S. holder would have to pay the tax using cash from other sources. If a U.S. holder sells the capital stock it received in connection with a taxable stock distribution in order to pay this tax and the proceeds of such sale are less than the amount required to be included in income with respect to the stock portion of the distribution, such U.S. holder could have a capital loss with respect to the stock sale that could not be used to offset such income. A U.S. holder that receives capital stock pursuant to such distribution generally has a tax basis in such capital stock equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of such capital stock as described above, and has a holding period in such capital stock that begins on the day immediately following the payment date for the distribution.

Capital Gain Dividends. Dividends that we properly designate as capital gain dividends will be taxable to our taxable U.S. holders as a gain from the sale or disposition of a capital asset held for more than one year, to

61

the extent that such gain does not exceed our actual net capital gain for the taxable year, and may not exceed our dividends paid for the taxable year, including dividends paid the following year that are treated as paid in the current year. U.S. holders that are corporations may, however, be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income. If we properly designate any portion of a dividend as a capital gain dividend, then, except as otherwise required by law, we presently intend to allocate a portion of the total capital gain dividends paid or made available to holders of all classes of our capital stock for the year to the holders of each class of our capital stock in proportion to the amount that our total dividends, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, paid or made available to the holders of each such class of our capital stock for the year bears to the total dividends, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, paid or made available to holders of all classes of our capital stock for the year. In addition, except as otherwise required by law, we will make a similar allocation with respect to any undistributed long-term capital gains which are to be included in our stockholders’ long-term capital gains, based on the allocation of the capital gain amount which would have resulted if those undistributed long-term capital gains had been distributed as “capital gain dividends” by us to our stockholders.

Retention of Net Capital Gains. We may elect to retain, rather than distribute as a capital gain dividend, all or a portion of our net capital gains. If we make this election, we would pay tax on our retained net capital gains. In addition, to the extent we so elect, our earnings and profits (determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) would be adjusted accordingly, and a U.S. holder generally would:

• include its pro rata share of our undistributed capital gain in computing its long-term capital gains in its return for its taxable year in which the last day of our taxable year falls, subject to certain limitations as to the amount that is includable;

• be deemed to have paid its share of the capital gains tax imposed on us on the designated amounts included in the U.S. holder’s income as long-term capital gain;

• receive a credit or refund for the amount of tax deemed paid by it;

• increase the adjusted tax basis of its capital stock by the difference between the amount of includable gains and the tax deemed to have been paid by it; and

• in the case of a U.S. holder that is a corporation, appropriately adjust its earnings and profits for the retained capital gains in accordance with Treasury Regulations to be promulgated by the IRS.

Passive Activity Losses and Investment Interest Limitations. Distributions we make and gain arising from the sale or exchange by a U.S. holder of our capital stock will not be treated as passive activity income. As a result, U.S. holders generally will not be able to apply any “passive losses” against this income or gain. A U.S. holder generally may elect to treat capital gain dividends, capital gains from the disposition of our capital stock and income designated as qualified dividend income, as described in “—Tax Rates” below, as investment income for purposes of computing the investment interest limitation, but in such case, the holder will be taxed at ordinary income rates on such amount. Other distributions made by us, to the extent they do not constitute a return of capital, generally will be treated as investment income for purposes of computing the investment interest limitation.

Dispositions of Our Capital Stock. Except as described below under “—Taxation of Taxable U.S. Holders of Our Capital Stock—Redemption or Repurchase by Us,” if a U.S. holder sells or disposes of shares of our capital stock, it will recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received on the sale or other disposition and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss, except as provided below, will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holder has held such capital stock for more than one year. However, if a U.S. holder recognizes a loss upon the sale or other disposition of capital stock that it has held for six months or less, after applying certain holding period rules, the loss recognized will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent the U.S. holder received distributions from us which were required to be treated as long-term capital gains.

62

Redemption or Repurchase by Us. A redemption or repurchase of shares of our capital stock will be treated under Section 302 of the Code as a distribution (and taxable as a dividend to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as described above under “—Distributions Generally”) unless the redemption or repurchase satisfies one of the tests set forth in Section 302(b) of the Code and is therefore treated as a sale or exchange of the redeemed or repurchased shares. The redemption or repurchase generally will be treated as a sale or exchange if it:

• is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the U.S. holder;

• results in a “complete redemption” of the U.S. holder’s stock interest in us; or

• is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. holder;

all within the meaning of Section 302(b) of the Code.

In determining whether any of these tests has been met, shares of our capital stock, including common stock and other equity interests in us, considered to be owned by the U.S. holder by reason of certain constructive ownership rules set forth in the Code, as well as shares of our capital stock actually owned by the U.S. holder, generally must be taken into account. Because the determination as to whether any of the alternative tests of Section 302(b) of the Code will be satisfied with respect to the U.S. holder depends upon the facts and circumstances at the time that the determination must be made, U.S. holders are advised to consult their tax advisors to determine such tax treatment.

If a redemption or repurchase of shares of our capital stock is treated as a distribution, the amount of the distribution will be measured by the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received. See “—Distributions Generally” above. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the redeemed or repurchased shares generally will be transferred to the holder’s remaining shares of our capital stock, if any. If a U.S. holder owns no other shares of our capital stock, under certain circumstances, such basis may be transferred to a related person or it may be lost entirely. Proposed Treasury Regulations issued in 2009, if enacted in their current form, would affect the basis recovery rules described above. It is not clear whether these proposed regulations will be enacted in their current form or at all. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of a redemption or repurchase of our capital stock.

If a redemption or repurchase of shares of our capital stock is not treated as a distribution, it will be treated as a taxable sale or exchange in the manner described under “—Dispositions of Our Capital Stock.”

Tax Rates. The maximum tax rate for non-corporate taxpayers for (1) long-term capital gains, including certain “capital gain dividends,” generally is 20% (although depending on the characteristics of the assets which produced these gains and on designations which we may make, certain capital gain dividends may be taxed at a 25% rate) and (2) “qualified dividend income” generally is 20%. In general, dividends payable by REITs are not eligible for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, except to the extent that certain holding period requirements have been met and the REIT’s dividends are attributable to dividends received from taxable corporations (such as its taxable REIT subsidiaries) or to income that was subject to tax at the corporate/REIT level (for example, if the REIT distributed taxable income that it retained and paid tax on in the prior taxable year). Capital gain dividends will only be eligible for the rates described above to the extent that they are properly designated by the REIT as “capital gain dividends.” U.S. holders that are corporations may be required to treat up to 20% of some capital gain dividends as ordinary income. In addition, non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, generally may deduct up to 20% of dividends from a REIT, other than capital gain dividends and dividends treated as qualified dividend income, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026.

Taxation of Tax-Exempt Holders of Our Capital Stock

Dividend income from us and gain arising upon a sale of shares of our capital stock generally should not be unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI, to a tax-exempt holder, except as described below. This income or

63

gain will be UBTI, however, to the extent a tax-exempt holder holds its shares as “debt-financed property” within the meaning of the Code. Generally, “debt-financed property” is property the acquisition or holding of which was financed through a borrowing by the tax-exempt holder.

For tax-exempt holders that are social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts, or qualified group legal services plans exempt from U.S. federal income taxation under Sections 501(c)(7), (c)(9), (c)(17) or (c)(20) of the Code, respectively, income from an investment in our shares will constitute UBTI unless the organization is able to properly claim a deduction for amounts set aside or placed in reserve for specific purposes so as to offset the income generated by its investment in our shares. These prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning these “set aside” and reserve requirements.

Notwithstanding the above, however, a portion of the dividends paid by a “pension-held REIT” may be treated as UBTI as to certain trusts that hold more than 10%, by value, of the interests in the REIT. A REIT will not be a “pension-held REIT” if it is able to satisfy the “not closely held” requirement without relying on the “look-through” exception with respect to certain trusts or if such REIT is not “predominantly held” by “qualified trusts.” As a result of restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock contained in our charter, we do not expect to be classified as a “pension-held REIT,” and as a result, the tax treatment described above should be inapplicable to our holders. However, because our common stock is (and, we anticipate, will continue to be) publicly traded, we cannot guarantee that this will always be the case.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders of Our Capital Stock

The following discussion addresses the rules governing U.S. federal income taxation of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our capital stock by non-U.S. holders. These rules are complex, and no attempt is made herein to provide more than a brief summary of such rules. Accordingly, the discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation and does not address other federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of its particular circumstances. We urge non-U.S. holders to consult their tax advisors to determine the impact of U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax laws and any applicable tax treaty on the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our capital stock, including any reporting requirements.

Distributions Generally. Distributions (including any taxable stock distributions) that are neither attributable to gains from sales or exchanges by us of U.S. real property interests, or USRPIs, nor designated by us as capital gain dividends (except as described below) will be treated as dividends of ordinary income to the extent that they are made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Such distributions ordinarily will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the distributions are treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable). Under certain treaties, however, lower withholding rates generally applicable to dividends do not apply to dividends from a REIT. Certain certification and disclosure requirements must be satisfied for a non-U.S. holder to be exempt from withholding under the effectively connected income exemption. Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business generally will not be subject to withholding but will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at the regular graduated rates, in the same manner as dividends paid to U.S. holders are subject to U.S. federal income tax. Any such dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate (applicable after deducting U.S. federal income taxes paid on such effectively connected income) or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Except as otherwise provided below, we expect to withhold U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30% on any distributions made to a non-U.S. holder unless:

(1) a lower treaty rate applies and the non-U.S. holder furnishes an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) evidencing eligibility for that reduced treaty rate; or

64

(2) the non-U.S. holder furnishes an IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable documentation) claiming that the distribution is income effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s trade or business.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a non-U.S. holder to the extent that such distributions do not exceed the adjusted tax basis of the holder’s capital stock, but rather will reduce the adjusted tax basis of such stock. To the extent that such distributions exceed the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such capital stock, they generally will give rise to gain from the sale or exchange of such stock, the tax treatment of which is described below. However, such excess distributions may be treated as dividend income for certain non-U.S. holders. For withholding purposes, we expect to treat all distributions as made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. However, amounts withheld may be refundable if it is subsequently determined that the distribution was, in fact, in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, provided that certain conditions are met.

Capital Gain Dividends and Distributions Attributable to a Sale or Exchange of U.S. Real Property Interests. Distributions to a non-U.S. holder that we properly designate as capital gain dividends, other than those arising from the disposition of a USRPI, generally should not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, unless:

(1) the investment in our capital stock is treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. holders with respect to such gain, except that a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also be subject to a branch profits tax of up to 30%, as discussed above; or

(2) the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% on the non-U.S. holder’s capital gains (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of such non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Pursuant to the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, which is referred to as “FIRPTA,” distributions to a non-U.S. holder that are attributable to gain from sales or exchanges by us of USRPIs, whether or not designated as capital gain dividends, will cause the non-U.S. holder to be treated as recognizing such gain as income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. Non-U.S. holders generally would be taxed at the regular graduated rates applicable to U.S. holders, subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals. We also will be required to withhold and to remit to the IRS 21% of any distribution to non-U.S. holders attributable to gain from sales or exchanges by us of USRPIs. Distributions subject to FIRPTA may also be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation. The amount withheld is creditable against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. However, any distribution with respect to any class of stock that is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market located in the United States is not subject to FIRPTA, and therefore, not subject to the 21% U.S. withholding tax described above, if the non-U.S. holder did not own more than 10% of such class of stock at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution. Instead, such distributions generally will be treated as ordinary dividend distributions and subject to withholding in the manner described above with respect to ordinary dividends. In addition, distributions to certain non-U.S. publicly traded shareholders that meet certain record-keeping and other requirements (“qualified shareholders”) are exempt from FIRPTA, except to the extent owners of such qualified shareholders that are not also qualified shareholders own, actually or constructively, more than 10% of our capital stock. Furthermore, distributions to “qualified foreign pension funds” or entities all of the interests of which are held by “qualified foreign pension funds” are exempt from FIRPTA. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these rules.

65

Retention of Net Capital Gains. Although the law is not clear on the matter, it appears that amounts we designate as retained net capital gains in respect of our capital stock should be treated with respect to non-U.S. holders as actual distributions of capital gain dividends. Under this approach, the non-U.S. holders may be able to offset as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability their proportionate share of the tax paid by us on such retained net capital gains and to receive from the IRS a refund to the extent their proportionate share of such tax paid by us exceeds their actual U.S. federal income tax liability. If we were to designate any portion of our net capital gain as retained net capital gain, non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the taxation of such retained net capital gain.

Sale of Our Capital Stock. Except as described below under “—Redemption or Repurchase by Us,” gain realized by a non-U.S. holder upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our capital stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless such stock constitutes a USRPI. In general, stock of a domestic corporation that constitutes a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, will constitute a USRPI. We believe that we are a USRPHC. Our capital stock will not, however, constitute a USRPI so long as we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” A “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” includes a REIT in which at all times during a five-year testing period less than 50% in value of its stock is held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. persons, subject to certain rules. For purposes of determining whether a REIT is a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity,” a person who at all applicable times holds less than 5% of a class of stock that is “regularly traded” is treated as a U.S. person unless the REIT has actual knowledge that such person is not a U.S. person. We believe, but cannot guarantee, that we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” Because our common stock is (and, we anticipate, will continue to be) publicly traded, no assurance can be given that we will continue to be a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.”

Even if we do not qualify as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” at the time a non-U.S. holder sells our capital stock, gain realized from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. holder of such stock would not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation under FIRPTA as a sale of a USRPI if:

(1) such class of stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market (such as the NYSE); and

(2) such non-U.S. holder owned, actually and constructively, 10% or less of such class of our stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period.

In addition, dispositions of our capital stock by qualified shareholders are exempt from FIRPTA, except to the extent owners of such qualified shareholders that are not also qualified shareholders own, actually or constructively, more than 10% of our capital stock. Furthermore, dispositions of our capital stock by “qualified foreign pension funds” or entities all of the interests of which are held by “qualified foreign pension funds” are exempt from FIRPTA. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these rules.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our capital stock not otherwise subject to FIRPTA will be taxable to a non-U.S. holder if either (a) the investment in our capital stock is treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable), in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. holders with respect to such gain, except that a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also be subject to the 30% branch profits tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such gain, as adjusted for certain items, or (b) the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax on the non-U.S. holder’s capital gains (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by

66

U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. In addition, even if we are a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, upon disposition of our capital stock, a non-U.S. holder may be treated as having gain from the sale or other taxable disposition of a USRPI if the non-U.S. holder (1) disposes of such stock within a 30-day period preceding the ex-dividend date of a distribution, any portion of which, but for the disposition, would have been treated as gain from the sale or exchange of a USRPI and (2) acquires, or enters into a contract or option to acquire, or is deemed to acquire, other shares of that stock during the 61-day period beginning with the first day of the 30-day period described in clause (1), unless such stock is “regularly traded” and the non-U.S. holder did not own more than 10% of the stock at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution described in clause (1).

If gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our capital stock were subject to taxation under FIRPTA, the non-U.S. holder would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return and would be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain in the same manner as a taxable U.S. holder (subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals). In addition, if the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our capital stock were subject to taxation under FIRPTA, and if shares of the applicable class of our capital stock were not “regularly traded” on an established securities market, the purchaser of such capital stock generally would be required to withhold and remit to the IRS 15% of the purchase price.

Redemption or Repurchase by Us. A redemption or repurchase of shares of our capital stock will be treated under Section 302 of the Code as a distribution (and taxable as a dividend to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits) unless the redemption or repurchase satisfies one of the tests set forth in Section 302(b) of the Code and is therefore treated as a sale or exchange of the redeemed or repurchased shares. See “—Taxation of Taxable U.S. Holders of Our Capital Stock—Redemption or Repurchase by Us.” Qualified shareholders and their owners may be subject to different rules, and should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of such rules. If the redemption or repurchase of shares is treated as a distribution, the amount of the distribution will be measured by the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received. See “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders of Our Capital Stock—Distributions Generally” above. If the redemption or repurchase of shares is not treated as a distribution, it will be treated as a taxable sale or exchange in the manner described above under “—Sale of Our Capital Stock.”

Taxation of Holders of the Operating Partnership’s Debt Securities

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our operating partnership’s debt securities. This discussion assumes the debt securities will be issued with less than a statutory de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion is limited to persons purchasing the debt securities for cash at original issue and at their original “issue price” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code (i.e., the first price at which a substantial amount of the debt securities is sold to the public for cash).

U.S. Holders

Payments of Interest. Interest on a debt security generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary income at the time such interest is received or accrued, in accordance with such U.S. holder’s method of tax accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition. A U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a debt security. The amount of such gain or loss generally will equal the difference between the amount received for the debt security in cash or other property valued at fair market value (less amounts attributable to any accrued but unpaid interest, which will be taxable as interest to the extent not previously included in income) and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the debt security. A

67

U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in a debt security generally will be equal to the amount the U.S. holder paid for the debt security. Any gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the debt security for more than one year at the time of such sale or other taxable disposition. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be short-term capital gain or loss. Long-term capital gains recognized by certain non-corporate U.S. holders, including individuals, generally will be taxable at a reduced rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Non-U.S. Holders

Payments of Interest. Interest paid on a debt security to a non-U.S. holder that is not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, or withholding, provided that:

• the non-U.S. holder does not, actually or constructively, own 10% or more of the operating partnership’s capital or profits;

• the non-U.S. holder is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the operating partnership through actual or constructive stock ownership; and

• either (1) the non-U.S. holder certifies in a statement provided to the applicable withholding agent under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person and provides its name and address; (2) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business and holds the debt security on behalf of the non-U.S. holder certifies to the applicable withholding agent under penalties of perjury that it, or the financial institution between it and the non-U.S. holder, has received from the non-U.S. holder a statement under penalties of perjury that such holder is not a U.S. person and provides a copy of such statement to the applicable withholding agent; or (3) the non-U.S. holder holds its debt security directly through a “qualified intermediary” (within the meaning of applicable Treasury Regulations) and certain conditions are satisfied.

If a non-U.S. holder does not satisfy the requirements above, such non-U.S. holder will be subject to withholding tax of 30%, subject to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding on such interest as a result of an applicable tax treaty. To claim such entitlement, the non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) claiming a reduction in or exemption from withholding tax under the benefit of an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

If interest paid to a non-U.S. holder is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such interest is attributable), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that interest paid on a debt security is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected interest generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular graduated rates. A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected interest, as adjusted for certain items.

The certifications described above must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of interest and must be updated periodically. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide the applicable withholding agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced rate under an applicable income

68

tax treaty, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition. A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a debt security (such amount excludes any amount allocable to accrued and unpaid interest, which generally will be treated as interest and may be subject to the rules discussed above in “—Taxation of Holders of the Operating Partnership’s Debt Securities—Non-U.S. Holders—Payments of Interest”) unless:

• the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable); or

• the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

U.S. Holders. A U.S. holder may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding when such holder receives payments on our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities or proceeds from the sale or other taxable disposition of such stock or debt securities (including a redemption or retirement of a debt security). Certain U.S. holders are exempt from backup withholding, including corporations and certain tax-exempt organizations. A U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding if such holder is not otherwise exempt and:

• the holder fails to furnish the holder’s taxpayer identification number, which for an individual is ordinarily his or her social security number;

• the holder furnishes an incorrect taxpayer identification number;

• the applicable withholding agent is notified by the IRS that the holder previously failed to properly report payments of interest or dividends; or

• the holder fails to certify under penalties of perjury that the holder has furnished a correct taxpayer identification number and that the IRS has not notified the holder that the holder is subject to backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption.

69

Non-U.S. Holders. Payments of dividends on our capital stock or interest on the operating partnership’s debt securities generally will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our capital stock or interest on the operating partnership’s debt securities paid to the non-U.S. holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of such stock or debt securities (including a retirement or redemption of a debt security) within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of such stock or debt securities conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Medicare Contribution Tax on Unearned Income

Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts are required to pay an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends on stock, interest on debt obligations, and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or debt obligations. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of these rules on their ownership and disposition of our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on our capital stock, interest on the operating partnership’s debt securities, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities, in each case paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in clause (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our capital stock or interest on the operating partnership’s debt

70

securities, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock or debt securities on or after January 1, 2019. Because we may not know the extent to which a distribution is a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes at the time it is made, for purposes of these withholding rules we may treat the entire distribution as a dividend.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our capital stock or the operating partnership’s debt securities.

Other Tax Consequences

State, local and non-U.S. income tax laws may differ substantially from the corresponding U.S. federal income tax laws, and this discussion does not purport to describe any aspect of the tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction, or any U.S. federal tax other than the income tax. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the effect of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws with respect to our tax treatment as a REIT, the exercise of redemption rights with respect to the common units, and an investment in our capital stock or our operating partnership’s debt securities.

71

GLOBAL SECURITIES

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

Unless we indicate differently in a prospectus supplement, the securities initially will be issued in book-entry form and represented by one or more global securities. The global securities will be deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, as depositary, or DTC, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC. Unless and until it is exchanged for individual certificates evidencing securities under the limited circumstances described below, a global security may not be transferred except as a whole by the depositary to its nominee or by the nominee to the depositary, or by the depositary or its nominee to a successor depositary or to a nominee of the successor depositary.

DTC has advised us that it is:

• a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law;

• a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law;

• a member of the Federal Reserve System;

• a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code; and

• a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

DTC holds securities that its participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the settlement among its participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry changes in participants’ accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. “Direct participants” in DTC include securities brokers and dealers, including underwriters, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other organizations. DTC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation, or DTCC. DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others, which we sometimes refer to as indirect participants, that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a direct participant, either directly or indirectly. The rules applicable to DTC and its participants are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Purchases of securities under the DTC system must be made by or through direct participants, which will receive a credit for the securities on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of the actual purchaser of a security, which we sometimes refer to as a beneficial owner, is in turn recorded on the direct and indirect participants’ records. Beneficial owners of securities will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchases. However, beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing details of their transactions, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the direct or indirect participants through which they purchased securities. Transfers of ownership interests in global securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in the global securities, except under the limited circumstances described below.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all global securities deposited by direct participants with DTC will be registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co., or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of securities with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other nominee will not change the beneficial ownership of the securities. DTC has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the securities. DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts the securities are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The participants are responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

72

So long as the securities are in book-entry form, you will receive payments and may transfer securities only through the facilities of the depositary and its direct and indirect participants. We will maintain an office or agency in the location specified in the prospectus supplement for the applicable securities, where notices and demands in respect of the securities may be delivered to us and where certificated securities may be surrendered for payment, registration of transfer or exchange.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants and by direct participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any legal requirements in effect from time to time.

Redemption notices will be sent to DTC. If less than all of the securities of a particular series are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each direct participant in the securities of such series to be redeemed.

Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (or such other DTC nominee) will consent or vote with respect to the securities. Under its usual procedures, DTC will mail an omnibus proxy to us as soon as possible after the record date. The omnibus proxy assigns the consenting or voting rights of Cede & Co. to those direct participants to whose accounts the securities of such series are credited on the record date, identified in a listing attached to the omnibus proxy.

So long as securities are in book-entry form, we will make payments on those securities to the depositary or its nominee, as the registered owner of such securities, by wire transfer of immediately available funds. If securities are issued in definitive certificated form under the limited circumstances described below, we will have the option of making payments by check mailed to the addresses of the persons entitled to payment or by wire transfer to bank accounts in the United States designated in writing to the applicable trustee or other designated party at least 15 days before the applicable payment date by the persons entitled to payment, unless a shorter period is satisfactory to the applicable trustee or other designated party.

Redemption proceeds, distributions and dividend payments on the securities will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit direct participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us on the payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC records. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the account of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name.” Those payments will be the responsibility of participants and not of DTC or us, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds, distributions and dividend payments to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC, is our responsibility, disbursement of payments to direct participants is the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of payments to the beneficial owners is the responsibility of direct and indirect participants.

Except under the limited circumstances described below, purchasers of securities will not be entitled to have securities registered in their names and will not receive physical delivery of securities. Accordingly, each beneficial owner must rely on the procedures of DTC and its participants to exercise any rights under the securities.

The laws of some jurisdictions may require that some purchasers of securities take physical delivery of securities in definitive form. Those laws may impair the ability to transfer or pledge beneficial interests in securities.

DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depositary with respect to the securities at any time by giving reasonable notice to us. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor depositary is not obtained, securities certificates are required to be printed and delivered.

73

As noted above, beneficial owners of a particular series of securities generally will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in those securities. However, if:

• DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for the global security or securities representing such series of securities or if DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act at a time when it is required to be registered and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days of the notification to us or of our becoming aware of DTC’s ceasing to be so registered, as the case may be;

• we determine, in our sole discretion, not to have such securities represented by one or more global securities; or

• an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to such series of securities.

we will prepare and deliver certificates for such securities in exchange for beneficial interests in the global securities. Any beneficial interest in a global security that is exchangeable under the circumstances described in the preceding sentence will be exchangeable for securities in definitive certificated form registered in the names that the depositary directs. It is expected that these directions will be based upon directions received by the depositary from its participants with respect to ownership of beneficial interests in the global securities.

We have obtained the information in this section and elsewhere in this prospectus concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system from sources that are believed to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy of this information.

74

SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

Information about selling securityholders, where applicable, will be set forth in a prospectus supplement, in a post-effective amendment or in filings we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act that are incorporated herein by reference.

75

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We or any of the selling securityholders may sell the offered securities from time to time:

• through underwriters or dealers;

• through agents;

• directly to one or more purchasers; or

• through a combination of any of these methods of sale.

We will identify the specific plan of distribution, including any underwriters, dealers, agents or direct purchasers and their compensation in the applicable prospectus supplement.

76

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles, California. Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of shares of our capital stock and certain other legal matters relating to Maryland law will be passed upon for us by Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland. Additional legal matters may be passed upon for us, the selling securityholders or any underwriters, dealers or agents, by counsel that we will name in the applicable prospectus supplement.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. appearing in Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.’s and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.’s Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2017, including the schedule appearing therein, and the effectiveness of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon included therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such financial statements are, and audited financial statements to be included in subsequently filed documents will be, incorporated herein in reliance upon the reports of Ernst & Young LLP pertaining to such financial statements and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the respective dates (to the extent covered by consents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

77

Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.

$            

    % Senior Notes due 20    

guaranteed by

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                    , 2019

Wells Fargo Securities

BofA Merrill Lynch